1 /* X Communication module for terminals which understand the X protocol.
2 Copyright (C) 1989, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001,
3 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GNU Emacs.
7 GNU Emacs is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
12 GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with GNU Emacs; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
19 the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
20 Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
22 /* New display code by Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>. */
23 /* Xt features made by Fred Pierresteguy. */
27 /* On 4.3 these lose if they come after xterm.h. */
28 /* Putting these at the beginning seems to be standard for other .c files. */
36 #include "blockinput.h"
38 /* Need syssignal.h for various externs and definitions that may be required
39 by some configurations for calls to signal later in this source file. */
40 #include "syssignal.h"
42 /* This may include sys/types.h, and that somehow loses
43 if this is not done before the other system files. */
45 #include <X11/cursorfont.h>
47 /* Load sys/types.h if not already loaded.
48 In some systems loading it twice is suicidal. */
50 #include <sys/types.h>
54 #include <sys/ioctl.h>
55 #endif /* ! defined (BSD_SYSTEM) */
60 #ifndef INCLUDED_FCNTL
67 /* Caused redefinition of DBL_DIG on Netbsd; seems not to be needed. */
68 /* #include <sys/param.h> */
71 #include "character.h"
75 #include "dispextern.h"
77 #include "termhooks.h"
85 #include "intervals.h"
91 #include <X11/Shell.h>
94 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H
106 extern int xlwmenu_window_p
P_ ((Widget w
, Window window
));
107 extern void xlwmenu_redisplay
P_ ((Widget
));
110 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
112 extern void free_frame_menubar
P_ ((struct frame
*));
113 extern struct frame
*x_menubar_window_to_frame
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*,
118 #if (XtSpecificationRelease >= 5) && !defined(NO_EDITRES)
120 extern void _XEditResCheckMessages ();
121 #endif /* not NO_EDITRES */
123 /* Include toolkit specific headers for the scroll bar widget. */
125 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
126 #if defined USE_MOTIF
127 #include <Xm/Xm.h> /* for LESSTIF_VERSION */
128 #include <Xm/ScrollBar.h>
129 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
132 #include <X11/Xaw3d/Simple.h>
133 #include <X11/Xaw3d/Scrollbar.h>
134 #define ARROW_SCROLLBAR
135 #define XAW_ARROW_SCROLLBARS
136 #include <X11/Xaw3d/ScrollbarP.h>
137 #else /* !HAVE_XAW3D */
138 #include <X11/Xaw/Simple.h>
139 #include <X11/Xaw/Scrollbar.h>
140 #endif /* !HAVE_XAW3D */
142 #define XtNpickTop "pickTop"
143 #endif /* !XtNpickTop */
144 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
145 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
147 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
149 #if ! defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) && ! defined (USE_GTK)
150 #define x_any_window_to_frame x_window_to_frame
151 #define x_top_window_to_frame x_window_to_frame
156 #ifndef XtNinitialState
157 #define XtNinitialState "initialState"
161 #define abs(x) ((x) < 0 ? -(x) : (x))
163 /* Default to using XIM if available. */
167 int use_xim
= 0; /* configure --without-xim */
172 /* Non-nil means Emacs uses toolkit scroll bars. */
174 Lisp_Object Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
;
176 /* Non-zero means that a HELP_EVENT has been generated since Emacs
179 static int any_help_event_p
;
181 /* Last window where we saw the mouse. Used by mouse-autoselect-window. */
182 static Lisp_Object last_window
;
184 /* Non-zero means make use of UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties. */
186 int x_use_underline_position_properties
;
188 /* This is a chain of structures for all the X displays currently in
191 struct x_display_info
*x_display_list
;
193 /* This is a list of cons cells, each of the form (NAME
194 . FONT-LIST-CACHE), one for each element of x_display_list and in
195 the same order. NAME is the name of the frame. FONT-LIST-CACHE
196 records previous values returned by x-list-fonts. */
198 Lisp_Object x_display_name_list
;
200 /* Frame being updated by update_frame. This is declared in term.c.
201 This is set by update_begin and looked at by all the XT functions.
202 It is zero while not inside an update. In that case, the XT
203 functions assume that `selected_frame' is the frame to apply to. */
205 extern struct frame
*updating_frame
;
207 /* This is a frame waiting to be auto-raised, within XTread_socket. */
209 struct frame
*pending_autoraise_frame
;
212 /* The application context for Xt use. */
213 XtAppContext Xt_app_con
;
214 static String Xt_default_resources
[] = {0};
215 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
217 /* Non-zero means user is interacting with a toolkit scroll bar. */
219 static int toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
;
221 /* Non-zero means to not move point as a result of clicking on a
222 frame to focus it (when focus-follows-mouse is nil). */
224 int x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
;
226 /* Non-zero timeout value means ignore next mouse click if it arrives
227 before that timeout elapses (i.e. as part of the same sequence of
228 events resulting from clicking on a frame to select it). */
230 static unsigned long ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
;
234 Formerly, we used PointerMotionHintMask (in standard_event_mask)
235 so that we would have to call XQueryPointer after each MotionNotify
236 event to ask for another such event. However, this made mouse tracking
237 slow, and there was a bug that made it eventually stop.
239 Simply asking for MotionNotify all the time seems to work better.
241 In order to avoid asking for motion events and then throwing most
242 of them away or busy-polling the server for mouse positions, we ask
243 the server for pointer motion hints. This means that we get only
244 one event per group of mouse movements. "Groups" are delimited by
245 other kinds of events (focus changes and button clicks, for
246 example), or by XQueryPointer calls; when one of these happens, we
247 get another MotionNotify event the next time the mouse moves. This
248 is at least as efficient as getting motion events when mouse
249 tracking is on, and I suspect only negligibly worse when tracking
252 /* Where the mouse was last time we reported a mouse event. */
254 static XRectangle last_mouse_glyph
;
255 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_press_frame
;
257 /* The scroll bar in which the last X motion event occurred.
259 If the last X motion event occurred in a scroll bar, we set this so
260 XTmouse_position can know whether to report a scroll bar motion or
263 If the last X motion event didn't occur in a scroll bar, we set
264 this to Qnil, to tell XTmouse_position to return an ordinary motion
267 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_scroll_bar
;
269 /* This is a hack. We would really prefer that XTmouse_position would
270 return the time associated with the position it returns, but there
271 doesn't seem to be any way to wrest the time-stamp from the server
272 along with the position query. So, we just keep track of the time
273 of the last movement we received, and return that in hopes that
274 it's somewhat accurate. */
276 static Time last_mouse_movement_time
;
278 /* Incremented by XTread_socket whenever it really tries to read
282 static int volatile input_signal_count
;
284 static int input_signal_count
;
287 /* Used locally within XTread_socket. */
289 static int x_noop_count
;
291 /* Initial values of argv and argc. */
293 extern char **initial_argv
;
294 extern int initial_argc
;
296 extern Lisp_Object Vcommand_line_args
, Vsystem_name
;
298 /* Tells if a window manager is present or not. */
300 extern Lisp_Object Vx_no_window_manager
;
302 extern Lisp_Object Qeql
;
306 /* A mask of extra modifier bits to put into every keyboard char. */
308 extern EMACS_INT extra_keyboard_modifiers
;
310 /* The keysyms to use for the various modifiers. */
312 Lisp_Object Vx_alt_keysym
, Vx_hyper_keysym
, Vx_meta_keysym
, Vx_super_keysym
;
313 Lisp_Object Vx_keysym_table
;
314 static Lisp_Object Qalt
, Qhyper
, Qmeta
, Qsuper
, Qmodifier_value
;
316 static Lisp_Object Qvendor_specific_keysyms
;
317 static Lisp_Object Qlatin_1
;
319 extern XrmDatabase x_load_resources
P_ ((Display
*, char *, char *, char *));
320 extern int x_bitmap_mask
P_ ((FRAME_PTR
, int));
322 static int x_alloc_nearest_color_1
P_ ((Display
*, Colormap
, XColor
*));
323 static void x_set_window_size_1
P_ ((struct frame
*, int, int, int));
324 static const XColor
*x_color_cells
P_ ((Display
*, int *));
325 static void x_update_window_end
P_ ((struct window
*, int, int));
326 void x_delete_display
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*));
327 static unsigned int x_x_to_emacs_modifiers
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*,
329 static int x_io_error_quitter
P_ ((Display
*));
330 int x_catch_errors
P_ ((Display
*));
331 void x_uncatch_errors
P_ ((Display
*, int));
332 void x_lower_frame
P_ ((struct frame
*));
333 void x_scroll_bar_clear
P_ ((struct frame
*));
334 int x_had_errors_p
P_ ((Display
*));
335 void x_wm_set_size_hint
P_ ((struct frame
*, long, int));
336 void x_raise_frame
P_ ((struct frame
*));
337 void x_set_window_size
P_ ((struct frame
*, int, int, int));
338 void x_wm_set_window_state
P_ ((struct frame
*, int));
339 void x_wm_set_icon_pixmap
P_ ((struct frame
*, int));
340 void x_initialize
P_ ((void));
341 static void x_font_min_bounds
P_ ((XFontStruct
*, int *, int *));
342 static int x_compute_min_glyph_bounds
P_ ((struct frame
*));
343 static void x_update_end
P_ ((struct frame
*));
344 static void XTframe_up_to_date
P_ ((struct frame
*));
345 static void XTset_terminal_modes
P_ ((void));
346 static void XTreset_terminal_modes
P_ ((void));
347 static void x_clear_frame
P_ ((void));
348 static void frame_highlight
P_ ((struct frame
*));
349 static void frame_unhighlight
P_ ((struct frame
*));
350 static void x_new_focus_frame
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*, struct frame
*));
351 static void x_focus_changed
P_ ((int, int, struct x_display_info
*,
352 struct frame
*, struct input_event
*));
353 static void x_detect_focus_change
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*,
354 XEvent
*, struct input_event
*));
355 static void XTframe_rehighlight
P_ ((struct frame
*));
356 static void x_frame_rehighlight
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*));
357 static void x_draw_hollow_cursor
P_ ((struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*));
358 static void x_draw_bar_cursor
P_ ((struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*, int,
359 enum text_cursor_kinds
));
361 static void x_clip_to_row
P_ ((struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*, int, GC
));
362 static void x_flush
P_ ((struct frame
*f
));
363 static void x_update_begin
P_ ((struct frame
*));
364 static void x_update_window_begin
P_ ((struct window
*));
365 static void x_after_update_window_line
P_ ((struct glyph_row
*));
366 static struct scroll_bar
*x_window_to_scroll_bar
P_ ((Display
*, Window
));
367 static void x_scroll_bar_report_motion
P_ ((struct frame
**, Lisp_Object
*,
368 enum scroll_bar_part
*,
369 Lisp_Object
*, Lisp_Object
*,
371 static void x_check_fullscreen
P_ ((struct frame
*));
372 static void x_check_expected_move
P_ ((struct frame
*));
373 static int handle_one_xevent
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*, XEvent
*,
374 int *, struct input_event
*));
377 /* Flush display of frame F, or of all frames if F is null. */
386 Lisp_Object rest
, frame
;
387 FOR_EACH_FRAME (rest
, frame
)
388 x_flush (XFRAME (frame
));
390 else if (FRAME_X_P (f
))
391 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
396 /* Remove calls to XFlush by defining XFlush to an empty replacement.
397 Calls to XFlush should be unnecessary because the X output buffer
398 is flushed automatically as needed by calls to XPending,
399 XNextEvent, or XWindowEvent according to the XFlush man page.
400 XTread_socket calls XPending. Removing XFlush improves
403 #define XFlush(DISPLAY) (void) 0
406 /***********************************************************************
408 ***********************************************************************/
412 /* This is a function useful for recording debugging information about
413 the sequence of occurrences in this file. */
421 struct record event_record
[100];
423 int event_record_index
;
425 record_event (locus
, type
)
429 if (event_record_index
== sizeof (event_record
) / sizeof (struct record
))
430 event_record_index
= 0;
432 event_record
[event_record_index
].locus
= locus
;
433 event_record
[event_record_index
].type
= type
;
434 event_record_index
++;
441 /* Return the struct x_display_info corresponding to DPY. */
443 struct x_display_info
*
444 x_display_info_for_display (dpy
)
447 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
449 for (dpyinfo
= x_display_list
; dpyinfo
; dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
)
450 if (dpyinfo
->display
== dpy
)
458 /***********************************************************************
459 Starting and ending an update
460 ***********************************************************************/
462 /* Start an update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook
463 for update_begin, i.e. it is called when update_begin is called.
464 This function is called prior to calls to x_update_window_begin for
465 each window being updated. Currently, there is nothing to do here
466 because all interesting stuff is done on a window basis. */
476 /* Start update of window W. Set the global variable updated_window
477 to the window being updated and set output_cursor to the cursor
481 x_update_window_begin (w
)
484 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
485 struct x_display_info
*display_info
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
488 set_output_cursor (&w
->cursor
);
492 if (f
== display_info
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
494 /* Don't do highlighting for mouse motion during the update. */
495 display_info
->mouse_face_defer
= 1;
497 /* If F needs to be redrawn, simply forget about any prior mouse
499 if (FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f
))
500 display_info
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
502 #if 0 /* Rows in a current matrix containing glyphs in mouse-face have
503 their mouse_face_p flag set, which means that they are always
504 unequal to rows in a desired matrix which never have that
505 flag set. So, rows containing mouse-face glyphs are never
506 scrolled, and we don't have to switch the mouse highlight off
507 here to prevent it from being scrolled. */
509 /* Can we tell that this update does not affect the window
510 where the mouse highlight is? If so, no need to turn off.
511 Likewise, don't do anything if the frame is garbaged;
512 in that case, the frame's current matrix that we would use
513 is all wrong, and we will redisplay that line anyway. */
514 if (!NILP (display_info
->mouse_face_window
)
515 && w
== XWINDOW (display_info
->mouse_face_window
))
519 for (i
= 0; i
< w
->desired_matrix
->nrows
; ++i
)
520 if (MATRIX_ROW_ENABLED_P (w
->desired_matrix
, i
))
523 if (i
< w
->desired_matrix
->nrows
)
524 clear_mouse_face (display_info
);
533 /* Draw a vertical window border from (x,y0) to (x,y1) */
536 x_draw_vertical_window_border (w
, x
, y0
, y1
)
540 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
542 XDrawLine (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
543 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
, x
, y0
, x
, y1
);
546 /* End update of window W (which is equal to updated_window).
548 Draw vertical borders between horizontally adjacent windows, and
549 display W's cursor if CURSOR_ON_P is non-zero.
551 MOUSE_FACE_OVERWRITTEN_P non-zero means that some row containing
552 glyphs in mouse-face were overwritten. In that case we have to
553 make sure that the mouse-highlight is properly redrawn.
555 W may be a menu bar pseudo-window in case we don't have X toolkit
556 support. Such windows don't have a cursor, so don't display it
560 x_update_window_end (w
, cursor_on_p
, mouse_face_overwritten_p
)
562 int cursor_on_p
, mouse_face_overwritten_p
;
564 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (w
->frame
));
566 if (!w
->pseudo_window_p
)
571 display_and_set_cursor (w
, 1, output_cursor
.hpos
,
573 output_cursor
.x
, output_cursor
.y
);
575 if (draw_window_fringes (w
, 1))
576 x_draw_vertical_border (w
);
581 /* If a row with mouse-face was overwritten, arrange for
582 XTframe_up_to_date to redisplay the mouse highlight. */
583 if (mouse_face_overwritten_p
)
585 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
586 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
587 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
590 updated_window
= NULL
;
594 /* End update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook in
601 /* Mouse highlight may be displayed again. */
602 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->mouse_face_defer
= 0;
606 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
612 /* This function is called from various places in xdisp.c whenever a
613 complete update has been performed. The global variable
614 updated_window is not available here. */
617 XTframe_up_to_date (f
)
622 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
624 if (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
625 || f
== dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
628 if (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
629 note_mouse_highlight (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
,
630 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_x
,
631 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_y
);
632 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
639 /* Draw truncation mark bitmaps, continuation mark bitmaps, overlay
640 arrow bitmaps, or clear the fringes if no bitmaps are required
641 before DESIRED_ROW is made current. The window being updated is
642 found in updated_window. This function It is called from
643 update_window_line only if it is known that there are differences
644 between bitmaps to be drawn between current row and DESIRED_ROW. */
647 x_after_update_window_line (desired_row
)
648 struct glyph_row
*desired_row
;
650 struct window
*w
= updated_window
;
656 if (!desired_row
->mode_line_p
&& !w
->pseudo_window_p
)
657 desired_row
->redraw_fringe_bitmaps_p
= 1;
659 /* When a window has disappeared, make sure that no rest of
660 full-width rows stays visible in the internal border. Could
661 check here if updated_window is the leftmost/rightmost window,
662 but I guess it's not worth doing since vertically split windows
663 are almost never used, internal border is rarely set, and the
664 overhead is very small. */
665 if (windows_or_buffers_changed
666 && desired_row
->full_width_p
667 && (f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
),
668 width
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
670 && (height
= desired_row
->visible_height
,
673 int y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (0, desired_row
->y
));
675 /* Internal border is drawn below the tool bar. */
676 if (WINDOWP (f
->tool_bar_window
)
677 && w
== XWINDOW (f
->tool_bar_window
))
681 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
682 0, y
, width
, height
, False
);
683 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
684 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) - width
,
685 y
, width
, height
, False
);
691 x_draw_fringe_bitmap (w
, row
, p
)
693 struct glyph_row
*row
;
694 struct draw_fringe_bitmap_params
*p
;
696 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
697 Display
*display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
698 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
699 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
700 struct face
*face
= p
->face
;
703 /* Must clip because of partially visible lines. */
704 rowY
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, row
->y
);
707 /* Adjust position of "bottom aligned" bitmap on partially
710 int oldVH
= row
->visible_height
;
711 row
->visible_height
= p
->h
;
712 row
->y
-= rowY
- p
->y
;
713 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, -1, gc
);
715 row
->visible_height
= oldVH
;
718 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, -1, gc
);
720 if (p
->bx
>= 0 && !p
->overlay_p
)
722 /* In case the same realized face is used for fringes and
723 for something displayed in the text (e.g. face `region' on
724 mono-displays, the fill style may have been changed to
725 FillSolid in x_draw_glyph_string_background. */
727 XSetFillStyle (display
, face
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
729 XSetForeground (display
, face
->gc
, face
->background
);
731 XFillRectangle (display
, window
, face
->gc
,
732 p
->bx
, p
->by
, p
->nx
, p
->ny
);
735 XSetForeground (display
, face
->gc
, face
->foreground
);
741 Pixmap pixmap
, clipmask
= (Pixmap
) 0;
742 int depth
= DefaultDepthOfScreen (FRAME_X_SCREEN (f
));
746 bits
= (unsigned char *)(p
->bits
+ p
->dh
);
748 bits
= (unsigned char *)p
->bits
+ p
->dh
;
750 /* Draw the bitmap. I believe these small pixmaps can be cached
752 pixmap
= XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (display
, window
, bits
, p
->wd
, p
->h
,
754 ? (p
->overlay_p
? face
->background
755 : f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
)
757 face
->background
, depth
);
761 clipmask
= XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (display
,
762 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
,
765 gcv
.clip_mask
= clipmask
;
766 gcv
.clip_x_origin
= p
->x
;
767 gcv
.clip_y_origin
= p
->y
;
768 XChangeGC (display
, gc
, GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
, &gcv
);
771 XCopyArea (display
, pixmap
, window
, gc
, 0, 0,
772 p
->wd
, p
->h
, p
->x
, p
->y
);
773 XFreePixmap (display
, pixmap
);
777 gcv
.clip_mask
= (Pixmap
) 0;
778 XChangeGC (display
, gc
, GCClipMask
, &gcv
);
779 XFreePixmap (display
, clipmask
);
783 XSetClipMask (display
, gc
, None
);
788 /* This is called when starting Emacs and when restarting after
789 suspend. When starting Emacs, no X window is mapped. And nothing
790 must be done to Emacs's own window if it is suspended (though that
794 XTset_terminal_modes ()
798 /* This is called when exiting or suspending Emacs. Exiting will make
799 the X-windows go away, and suspending requires no action. */
802 XTreset_terminal_modes ()
808 /***********************************************************************
810 ***********************************************************************/
812 /* Function prototypes of this page. */
814 static int x_encode_char
P_ ((int, XChar2b
*, struct font_info
*,
815 struct charset
*, int *));
818 /* Get metrics of character CHAR2B in FONT. Value is null if CHAR2B
819 is not contained in the font. */
822 x_per_char_metric (font
, char2b
, font_type
)
825 int font_type
; /* unused on X */
827 /* The result metric information. */
828 XCharStruct
*pcm
= NULL
;
830 xassert (font
&& char2b
);
832 if (font
->per_char
!= NULL
)
834 if (font
->min_byte1
== 0 && font
->max_byte1
== 0)
836 /* min_char_or_byte2 specifies the linear character index
837 corresponding to the first element of the per_char array,
838 max_char_or_byte2 is the index of the last character. A
839 character with non-zero CHAR2B->byte1 is not in the font.
840 A character with byte2 less than min_char_or_byte2 or
841 greater max_char_or_byte2 is not in the font. */
842 if (char2b
->byte1
== 0
843 && char2b
->byte2
>= font
->min_char_or_byte2
844 && char2b
->byte2
<= font
->max_char_or_byte2
)
845 pcm
= font
->per_char
+ char2b
->byte2
- font
->min_char_or_byte2
;
849 /* If either min_byte1 or max_byte1 are nonzero, both
850 min_char_or_byte2 and max_char_or_byte2 are less than
851 256, and the 2-byte character index values corresponding
852 to the per_char array element N (counting from 0) are:
854 byte1 = N/D + min_byte1
855 byte2 = N\D + min_char_or_byte2
859 D = max_char_or_byte2 - min_char_or_byte2 + 1
861 \ = integer modulus */
862 if (char2b
->byte1
>= font
->min_byte1
863 && char2b
->byte1
<= font
->max_byte1
864 && char2b
->byte2
>= font
->min_char_or_byte2
865 && char2b
->byte2
<= font
->max_char_or_byte2
)
867 pcm
= (font
->per_char
868 + ((font
->max_char_or_byte2
- font
->min_char_or_byte2
+ 1)
869 * (char2b
->byte1
- font
->min_byte1
))
870 + (char2b
->byte2
- font
->min_char_or_byte2
));
876 /* If the per_char pointer is null, all glyphs between the first
877 and last character indexes inclusive have the same
878 information, as given by both min_bounds and max_bounds. */
879 if (char2b
->byte2
>= font
->min_char_or_byte2
880 && char2b
->byte2
<= font
->max_char_or_byte2
)
881 pcm
= &font
->max_bounds
;
885 || (pcm
->width
== 0 && (pcm
->rbearing
- pcm
->lbearing
) == 0))
890 /* Encode CHAR2B using encoding information from FONT_INFO. CHAR2B is
891 the two-byte form of C. Encoding is returned in *CHAR2B. */
894 x_encode_char (c
, char2b
, font_info
, charset
, two_byte_p
)
897 struct font_info
*font_info
;
898 struct charset
*charset
;
901 XFontStruct
*font
= font_info
->font
;
903 /* FONT_INFO may define a scheme by which to encode byte1 and byte2.
904 This may be either a program in a special encoder language or a
906 if (font_info
->font_encoder
)
908 /* It's a program. */
909 struct ccl_program
*ccl
= font_info
->font_encoder
;
911 if (CHARSET_DIMENSION (charset
) == 1)
913 ccl
->reg
[0] = CHARSET_ID (charset
);
914 ccl
->reg
[1] = char2b
->byte2
;
919 ccl
->reg
[0] = CHARSET_ID (charset
);
920 ccl
->reg
[1] = char2b
->byte1
;
921 ccl
->reg
[2] = char2b
->byte2
;
924 ccl_driver (ccl
, NULL
, NULL
, 0, 0, Qnil
);
926 /* We assume that MSBs are appropriately set/reset by CCL
928 if (font
->max_byte1
== 0) /* 1-byte font */
929 STORE_XCHAR2B (char2b
, 0, ccl
->reg
[1]);
931 STORE_XCHAR2B (char2b
, ccl
->reg
[1], ccl
->reg
[2]);
933 else if (font_info
->encoding_type
)
935 /* Fixed encoding scheme. See fontset.h for the meaning of the
937 unsigned char enc
= font_info
->encoding_type
;
939 if ((enc
== 1 || enc
== 2)
940 && CHARSET_DIMENSION (charset
) == 2)
941 char2b
->byte1
|= 0x80;
943 if (enc
== 1 || enc
== 3)
944 char2b
->byte2
|= 0x80;
948 *two_byte_p
= ((XFontStruct
*) (font_info
->font
))->max_byte1
> 0;
950 return FONT_TYPE_UNKNOWN
;
955 /***********************************************************************
957 ***********************************************************************/
961 static void x_set_glyph_string_clipping
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
962 static void x_set_glyph_string_gc
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
963 static void x_draw_glyph_string_background
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*,
965 static void x_draw_glyph_string_foreground
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
966 static void x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
967 static void x_draw_glyph_string_box
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
968 static void x_draw_glyph_string
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
969 static void x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
970 static void x_set_cursor_gc
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
971 static void x_set_mode_line_face_gc
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
972 static void x_set_mouse_face_gc
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
973 static int x_alloc_lighter_color
P_ ((struct frame
*, Display
*, Colormap
,
974 unsigned long *, double, int));
975 static void x_setup_relief_color
P_ ((struct frame
*, struct relief
*,
976 double, int, unsigned long));
977 static void x_setup_relief_colors
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
978 static void x_draw_image_glyph_string
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
979 static void x_draw_image_relief
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
980 static void x_draw_image_foreground
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
981 static void x_draw_image_foreground_1
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*, Pixmap
));
982 static void x_clear_glyph_string_rect
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*, int,
984 static void x_draw_relief_rect
P_ ((struct frame
*, int, int, int, int,
985 int, int, int, int, int, int,
987 static void x_draw_box_rect
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*, int, int, int, int,
988 int, int, int, XRectangle
*));
991 static void x_check_font
P_ ((struct frame
*, XFontStruct
*));
995 /* Set S->gc to a suitable GC for drawing glyph string S in cursor
1000 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1002 if (s
->font
== FRAME_FONT (s
->f
)
1003 && s
->face
->background
== FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (s
->f
)
1004 && s
->face
->foreground
== FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (s
->f
)
1006 s
->gc
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_gc
;
1009 /* Cursor on non-default face: must merge. */
1013 xgcv
.background
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
1014 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->background
;
1016 /* If the glyph would be invisible, try a different foreground. */
1017 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
1018 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
1019 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
1020 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_foreground_pixel
;
1021 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
1022 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
1024 /* Make sure the cursor is distinct from text in this face. */
1025 if (xgcv
.background
== s
->face
->background
1026 && xgcv
.foreground
== s
->face
->foreground
)
1028 xgcv
.background
= s
->face
->foreground
;
1029 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->background
;
1032 IF_DEBUG (x_check_font (s
->f
, s
->font
));
1033 xgcv
.font
= s
->font
->fid
;
1034 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
1035 mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCFont
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
1037 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
)
1038 XChangeGC (s
->display
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
,
1041 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
1042 = XCreateGC (s
->display
, s
->window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
1044 s
->gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
1049 /* Set up S->gc of glyph string S for drawing text in mouse face. */
1052 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
)
1053 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1058 /* What face has to be used last for the mouse face? */
1059 face_id
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->mouse_face_face_id
;
1060 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, face_id
);
1062 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, MOUSE_FACE_ID
);
1064 if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
1065 face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (s
->f
, face
, s
->first_glyph
->u
.ch
, -1, Qnil
);
1067 face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (s
->f
, face
, 0, -1, Qnil
);
1068 s
->face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, face_id
);
1069 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s
->f
, s
->face
);
1071 /* If font in this face is same as S->font, use it. */
1072 if (s
->font
== s
->face
->font
)
1073 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1076 /* Otherwise construct scratch_cursor_gc with values from FACE
1081 xgcv
.background
= s
->face
->background
;
1082 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
1083 IF_DEBUG (x_check_font (s
->f
, s
->font
));
1084 xgcv
.font
= s
->font
->fid
;
1085 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
1086 mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCFont
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
1088 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
)
1089 XChangeGC (s
->display
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
,
1092 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
1093 = XCreateGC (s
->display
, s
->window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
1095 s
->gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
1098 xassert (s
->gc
!= 0);
1102 /* Set S->gc of glyph string S to a GC suitable for drawing a mode line.
1103 Faces to use in the mode line have already been computed when the
1104 matrix was built, so there isn't much to do, here. */
1107 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (s
)
1108 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1110 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1114 /* Set S->gc of glyph string S for drawing that glyph string. Set
1115 S->stippled_p to a non-zero value if the face of S has a stipple
1119 x_set_glyph_string_gc (s
)
1120 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1122 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s
->f
, s
->face
);
1124 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
)
1126 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1127 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1129 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO
)
1131 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (s
);
1132 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1134 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
1136 x_set_cursor_gc (s
);
1139 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
)
1141 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
);
1142 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1144 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
1145 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
)
1147 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1148 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1152 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1153 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1156 /* GC must have been set. */
1157 xassert (s
->gc
!= 0);
1161 /* Set clipping for output of glyph string S. S may be part of a mode
1162 line or menu if we don't have X toolkit support. */
1165 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
)
1166 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1169 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
1170 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, &r
, 1, Unsorted
);
1175 Compute left and right overhang of glyph string S. */
1178 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (s
)
1179 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1182 && s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
1185 int direction
, font_ascent
, font_descent
;
1186 XTextExtents16 (s
->font
, s
->char2b
, s
->nchars
, &direction
,
1187 &font_ascent
, &font_descent
, &cs
);
1188 s
->right_overhang
= cs
.rbearing
> cs
.width
? cs
.rbearing
- cs
.width
: 0;
1189 s
->left_overhang
= cs
.lbearing
< 0 ? -cs
.lbearing
: 0;
1193 s
->right_overhang
= s
->cmp
->rbearing
- s
->cmp
->pixel_width
;
1194 s
->left_overhang
= - s
->cmp
->lbearing
;
1199 /* Fill rectangle X, Y, W, H with background color of glyph string S. */
1202 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, x
, y
, w
, h
)
1203 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1207 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
1208 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.background
);
1209 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
1210 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
1214 /* Draw the background of glyph_string S. If S->background_filled_p
1215 is non-zero don't draw it. FORCE_P non-zero means draw the
1216 background even if it wouldn't be drawn normally. This is used
1217 when a string preceding S draws into the background of S, or S
1218 contains the first component of a composition. */
1221 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, force_p
)
1222 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1225 /* Nothing to do if background has already been drawn or if it
1226 shouldn't be drawn in the first place. */
1227 if (!s
->background_filled_p
)
1229 int box_line_width
= max (s
->face
->box_line_width
, 0);
1233 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
1234 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
1235 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
,
1236 s
->y
+ box_line_width
,
1237 s
->background_width
,
1238 s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
);
1239 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
1240 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
1242 else if (FONT_HEIGHT (s
->font
) < s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
1243 || s
->font_not_found_p
1244 || s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
1247 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ box_line_width
,
1248 s
->background_width
,
1249 s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
);
1250 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
1256 /* Draw the foreground of glyph string S. */
1259 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (s
)
1260 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1264 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1265 of S to the right of that box line. */
1266 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1267 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1268 x
= s
->x
+ abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1272 /* Draw characters of S as rectangles if S's font could not be
1274 if (s
->font_not_found_p
)
1276 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; ++i
)
1278 struct glyph
*g
= s
->first_glyph
+ i
;
1279 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
,
1280 s
->gc
, x
, s
->y
, g
->pixel_width
- 1,
1282 x
+= g
->pixel_width
;
1287 char *char1b
= (char *) s
->char2b
;
1288 int boff
= s
->font_info
->baseline_offset
;
1290 if (s
->font_info
->vertical_centering
)
1291 boff
= VCENTER_BASELINE_OFFSET (s
->font
, s
->f
) - boff
;
1293 /* If we can use 8-bit functions, condense S->char2b. */
1295 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; ++i
)
1296 char1b
[i
] = s
->char2b
[i
].byte2
;
1298 /* Draw text with XDrawString if background has already been
1299 filled. Otherwise, use XDrawImageString. (Note that
1300 XDrawImageString is usually faster than XDrawString.) Always
1301 use XDrawImageString when drawing the cursor so that there is
1302 no chance that characters under a box cursor are invisible. */
1303 if (s
->for_overlaps_p
1304 || (s
->background_filled_p
&& s
->hl
!= DRAW_CURSOR
))
1306 /* Draw characters with 16-bit or 8-bit functions. */
1308 XDrawString16 (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
,
1309 s
->ybase
- boff
, s
->char2b
, s
->nchars
);
1311 XDrawString (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
,
1312 s
->ybase
- boff
, char1b
, s
->nchars
);
1317 XDrawImageString16 (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
,
1318 s
->ybase
- boff
, s
->char2b
, s
->nchars
);
1320 XDrawImageString (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
,
1321 s
->ybase
- boff
, char1b
, s
->nchars
);
1324 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1326 /* For overstriking (to simulate bold-face), draw the
1327 characters again shifted to the right by one pixel. */
1329 XDrawString16 (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
+ 1,
1330 s
->ybase
- boff
, s
->char2b
, s
->nchars
);
1332 XDrawString (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
+ 1,
1333 s
->ybase
- boff
, char1b
, s
->nchars
);
1338 /* Draw the foreground of composite glyph string S. */
1341 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (s
)
1342 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1346 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1347 of S to the right of that box line. */
1348 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1349 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1350 x
= s
->x
+ abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1354 /* S is a glyph string for a composition. S->gidx is the index of
1355 the first character drawn for glyphs of this composition.
1356 S->gidx == 0 means we are drawing the very first character of
1357 this composition. */
1359 /* Draw a rectangle for the composition if the font for the very
1360 first character of the composition could not be loaded. */
1361 if (s
->font_not_found_p
)
1364 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, s
->y
,
1365 s
->width
- 1, s
->height
- 1);
1369 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++, ++s
->gidx
)
1371 XDrawString16 (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
1372 x
+ s
->cmp
->offsets
[s
->gidx
* 2],
1373 s
->ybase
- s
->cmp
->offsets
[s
->gidx
* 2 + 1],
1375 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1376 XDrawString16 (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
1377 x
+ s
->cmp
->offsets
[s
->gidx
* 2] + 1,
1378 s
->ybase
- s
->cmp
->offsets
[s
->gidx
* 2 + 1],
1385 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
1387 static struct frame
*x_frame_of_widget
P_ ((Widget
));
1388 static Boolean cvt_string_to_pixel
P_ ((Display
*, XrmValue
*, Cardinal
*,
1389 XrmValue
*, XrmValue
*, XtPointer
*));
1390 static void cvt_pixel_dtor
P_ ((XtAppContext
, XrmValue
*, XtPointer
,
1391 XrmValue
*, Cardinal
*));
1394 /* Return the frame on which widget WIDGET is used.. Abort if frame
1395 cannot be determined. */
1397 static struct frame
*
1398 x_frame_of_widget (widget
)
1401 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
1405 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (XtDisplay (widget
));
1407 /* Find the top-level shell of the widget. Note that this function
1408 can be called when the widget is not yet realized, so XtWindow
1409 (widget) == 0. That's the reason we can't simply use
1410 x_any_window_to_frame. */
1411 while (!XtIsTopLevelShell (widget
))
1412 widget
= XtParent (widget
);
1414 /* Look for a frame with that top-level widget. Allocate the color
1415 on that frame to get the right gamma correction value. */
1416 for (tail
= Vframe_list
; GC_CONSP (tail
); tail
= XCDR (tail
))
1417 if (GC_FRAMEP (XCAR (tail
))
1418 && (f
= XFRAME (XCAR (tail
)),
1419 (f
->output_data
.nothing
!= 1
1420 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == dpyinfo
))
1421 && f
->output_data
.x
->widget
== widget
)
1428 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on the screen and display of
1429 widget WIDGET in colormap CMAP. If an exact match cannot be
1430 allocated, try the nearest color available. Value is non-zero
1431 if successful. This is called from lwlib. */
1434 x_alloc_nearest_color_for_widget (widget
, cmap
, color
)
1439 struct frame
*f
= x_frame_of_widget (widget
);
1440 return x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, color
);
1444 /* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *PIXEL by FACTOR
1445 or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first.
1446 If this produces the same color as PIXEL, try a color where all RGB
1447 values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *PIXEL.
1448 DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on.
1449 Value is non-zero if successful. */
1452 x_alloc_lighter_color_for_widget (widget
, display
, cmap
, pixel
, factor
, delta
)
1456 unsigned long *pixel
;
1460 struct frame
*f
= x_frame_of_widget (widget
);
1461 return x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, display
, cmap
, pixel
, factor
, delta
);
1465 /* Structure specifying which arguments should be passed by Xt to
1466 cvt_string_to_pixel. We want the widget's screen and colormap. */
1468 static XtConvertArgRec cvt_string_to_pixel_args
[] =
1470 {XtWidgetBaseOffset
, (XtPointer
) XtOffset (Widget
, core
.screen
),
1472 {XtWidgetBaseOffset
, (XtPointer
) XtOffset (Widget
, core
.colormap
),
1477 /* The address of this variable is returned by
1478 cvt_string_to_pixel. */
1480 static Pixel cvt_string_to_pixel_value
;
1483 /* Convert a color name to a pixel color.
1485 DPY is the display we are working on.
1487 ARGS is an array of *NARGS XrmValue structures holding additional
1488 information about the widget for which the conversion takes place.
1489 The contents of this array are determined by the specification
1490 in cvt_string_to_pixel_args.
1492 FROM is a pointer to an XrmValue which points to the color name to
1493 convert. TO is an XrmValue in which to return the pixel color.
1495 CLOSURE_RET is a pointer to user-data, in which we record if
1496 we allocated the color or not.
1498 Value is True if successful, False otherwise. */
1501 cvt_string_to_pixel (dpy
, args
, nargs
, from
, to
, closure_ret
)
1505 XrmValue
*from
, *to
;
1506 XtPointer
*closure_ret
;
1516 XtAppWarningMsg (XtDisplayToApplicationContext (dpy
),
1517 "wrongParameters", "cvt_string_to_pixel",
1519 "Screen and colormap args required", NULL
, NULL
);
1523 screen
= *(Screen
**) args
[0].addr
;
1524 cmap
= *(Colormap
*) args
[1].addr
;
1525 color_name
= (String
) from
->addr
;
1527 if (strcmp (color_name
, XtDefaultBackground
) == 0)
1529 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) False
;
1530 pixel
= WhitePixelOfScreen (screen
);
1532 else if (strcmp (color_name
, XtDefaultForeground
) == 0)
1534 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) False
;
1535 pixel
= BlackPixelOfScreen (screen
);
1537 else if (XParseColor (dpy
, cmap
, color_name
, &color
)
1538 && x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (dpy
, cmap
, &color
))
1540 pixel
= color
.pixel
;
1541 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) True
;
1546 Cardinal nparams
= 1;
1548 params
[0] = color_name
;
1549 XtAppWarningMsg (XtDisplayToApplicationContext (dpy
),
1550 "badValue", "cvt_string_to_pixel",
1551 "XtToolkitError", "Invalid color `%s'",
1556 if (to
->addr
!= NULL
)
1558 if (to
->size
< sizeof (Pixel
))
1560 to
->size
= sizeof (Pixel
);
1564 *(Pixel
*) to
->addr
= pixel
;
1568 cvt_string_to_pixel_value
= pixel
;
1569 to
->addr
= (XtPointer
) &cvt_string_to_pixel_value
;
1572 to
->size
= sizeof (Pixel
);
1577 /* Free a pixel color which was previously allocated via
1578 cvt_string_to_pixel. This is registered as the destructor
1579 for this type of resource via XtSetTypeConverter.
1581 APP is the application context in which we work.
1583 TO is a pointer to an XrmValue holding the color to free.
1584 CLOSURE is the value we stored in CLOSURE_RET for this color
1585 in cvt_string_to_pixel.
1587 ARGS and NARGS are like for cvt_string_to_pixel. */
1590 cvt_pixel_dtor (app
, to
, closure
, args
, nargs
)
1599 XtAppWarningMsg (app
, "wrongParameters", "cvt_pixel_dtor",
1601 "Screen and colormap arguments required",
1604 else if (closure
!= NULL
)
1606 /* We did allocate the pixel, so free it. */
1607 Screen
*screen
= *(Screen
**) args
[0].addr
;
1608 Colormap cmap
= *(Colormap
*) args
[1].addr
;
1609 x_free_dpy_colors (DisplayOfScreen (screen
), screen
, cmap
,
1610 (Pixel
*) to
->addr
, 1);
1615 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
1618 /* Value is an array of XColor structures for the contents of the
1619 color map of display DPY. Set *NCELLS to the size of the array.
1620 Note that this probably shouldn't be called for large color maps,
1621 say a 24-bit TrueColor map. */
1623 static const XColor
*
1624 x_color_cells (dpy
, ncells
)
1628 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
1630 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
== NULL
)
1632 Screen
*screen
= dpyinfo
->screen
;
1635 dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
1636 = XDisplayCells (dpy
, XScreenNumberOfScreen (screen
));
1637 dpyinfo
->color_cells
1638 = (XColor
*) xmalloc (dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
1639 * sizeof *dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
1641 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
; ++i
)
1642 dpyinfo
->color_cells
[i
].pixel
= i
;
1644 XQueryColors (dpy
, dpyinfo
->cmap
,
1645 dpyinfo
->color_cells
, dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
);
1648 *ncells
= dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
;
1649 return dpyinfo
->color_cells
;
1653 /* On frame F, translate pixel colors to RGB values for the NCOLORS
1654 colors in COLORS. Use cached information, if available. */
1657 x_query_colors (f
, colors
, ncolors
)
1662 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
1664 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
)
1667 for (i
= 0; i
< ncolors
; ++i
)
1669 unsigned long pixel
= colors
[i
].pixel
;
1670 xassert (pixel
< dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
);
1671 xassert (dpyinfo
->color_cells
[pixel
].pixel
== pixel
);
1672 colors
[i
] = dpyinfo
->color_cells
[pixel
];
1676 XQueryColors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
), colors
, ncolors
);
1680 /* On frame F, translate pixel color to RGB values for the color in
1681 COLOR. Use cached information, if available. */
1684 x_query_color (f
, color
)
1688 x_query_colors (f
, color
, 1);
1692 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on DISPLAY, colormap CMAP. If an
1693 exact match can't be allocated, try the nearest color available.
1694 Value is non-zero if successful. Set *COLOR to the color
1698 x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (dpy
, cmap
, color
)
1705 rc
= XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, color
);
1708 /* If we got to this point, the colormap is full, so we're going
1709 to try to get the next closest color. The algorithm used is
1710 a least-squares matching, which is what X uses for closest
1711 color matching with StaticColor visuals. */
1713 unsigned long nearest_delta
= ~0;
1715 const XColor
*cells
= x_color_cells (dpy
, &ncells
);
1717 for (nearest
= i
= 0; i
< ncells
; ++i
)
1719 long dred
= (color
->red
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].red
>> 8);
1720 long dgreen
= (color
->green
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].green
>> 8);
1721 long dblue
= (color
->blue
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].blue
>> 8);
1722 unsigned long delta
= dred
* dred
+ dgreen
* dgreen
+ dblue
* dblue
;
1724 if (delta
< nearest_delta
)
1727 nearest_delta
= delta
;
1731 color
->red
= cells
[nearest
].red
;
1732 color
->green
= cells
[nearest
].green
;
1733 color
->blue
= cells
[nearest
].blue
;
1734 rc
= XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, color
);
1738 /* If allocation succeeded, and the allocated pixel color is not
1739 equal to a cached pixel color recorded earlier, there was a
1740 change in the colormap, so clear the color cache. */
1741 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
1742 XColor
*cached_color
;
1744 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
1745 && (cached_color
= &dpyinfo
->color_cells
[color
->pixel
],
1746 (cached_color
->red
!= color
->red
1747 || cached_color
->blue
!= color
->blue
1748 || cached_color
->green
!= color
->green
)))
1750 xfree (dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
1751 dpyinfo
->color_cells
= NULL
;
1752 dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
= 0;
1756 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1758 register_color (color
->pixel
);
1759 #endif /* DEBUG_X_COLORS */
1765 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on frame F, colormap CMAP. If an
1766 exact match can't be allocated, try the nearest color available.
1767 Value is non-zero if successful. Set *COLOR to the color
1771 x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, color
)
1776 gamma_correct (f
, color
);
1777 return x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), cmap
, color
);
1781 /* Allocate color PIXEL on frame F. PIXEL must already be allocated.
1782 It's necessary to do this instead of just using PIXEL directly to
1783 get color reference counts right. */
1786 x_copy_color (f
, pixel
)
1788 unsigned long pixel
;
1792 color
.pixel
= pixel
;
1794 x_query_color (f
, &color
);
1795 XAllocColor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
), &color
);
1797 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1798 register_color (pixel
);
1804 /* Allocate color PIXEL on display DPY. PIXEL must already be allocated.
1805 It's necessary to do this instead of just using PIXEL directly to
1806 get color reference counts right. */
1809 x_copy_dpy_color (dpy
, cmap
, pixel
)
1812 unsigned long pixel
;
1816 color
.pixel
= pixel
;
1818 XQueryColor (dpy
, cmap
, &color
);
1819 XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, &color
);
1821 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1822 register_color (pixel
);
1828 /* Brightness beyond which a color won't have its highlight brightness
1831 Nominally, highlight colors for `3d' faces are calculated by
1832 brightening an object's color by a constant scale factor, but this
1833 doesn't yield good results for dark colors, so for colors who's
1834 brightness is less than this value (on a scale of 0-65535) have an
1835 use an additional additive factor.
1837 The value here is set so that the default menu-bar/mode-line color
1838 (grey75) will not have its highlights changed at all. */
1839 #define HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT 48000
1842 /* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *PIXEL by FACTOR
1843 or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first.
1844 If this produces the same color as PIXEL, try a color where all RGB
1845 values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *PIXEL.
1846 DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on.
1847 Value is non-zero if successful. */
1850 x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, display
, cmap
, pixel
, factor
, delta
)
1854 unsigned long *pixel
;
1862 /* Get RGB color values. */
1863 color
.pixel
= *pixel
;
1864 x_query_color (f
, &color
);
1866 /* Change RGB values by specified FACTOR. Avoid overflow! */
1867 xassert (factor
>= 0);
1868 new.red
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.red
);
1869 new.green
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.green
);
1870 new.blue
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.blue
);
1872 /* Calculate brightness of COLOR. */
1873 bright
= (2 * color
.red
+ 3 * color
.green
+ color
.blue
) / 6;
1875 /* We only boost colors that are darker than
1876 HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT. */
1877 if (bright
< HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT
)
1878 /* Make an additive adjustment to NEW, because it's dark enough so
1879 that scaling by FACTOR alone isn't enough. */
1881 /* How far below the limit this color is (0 - 1, 1 being darker). */
1882 double dimness
= 1 - (double)bright
/ HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT
;
1883 /* The additive adjustment. */
1884 int min_delta
= delta
* dimness
* factor
/ 2;
1888 new.red
= max (0, new.red
- min_delta
);
1889 new.green
= max (0, new.green
- min_delta
);
1890 new.blue
= max (0, new.blue
- min_delta
);
1894 new.red
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.red
);
1895 new.green
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.green
);
1896 new.blue
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.blue
);
1900 /* Try to allocate the color. */
1901 success_p
= x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, &new);
1904 if (new.pixel
== *pixel
)
1906 /* If we end up with the same color as before, try adding
1907 delta to the RGB values. */
1908 x_free_colors (f
, &new.pixel
, 1);
1910 new.red
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.red
);
1911 new.green
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.green
);
1912 new.blue
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.blue
);
1913 success_p
= x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, &new);
1924 /* Set up the foreground color for drawing relief lines of glyph
1925 string S. RELIEF is a pointer to a struct relief containing the GC
1926 with which lines will be drawn. Use a color that is FACTOR or
1927 DELTA lighter or darker than the relief's background which is found
1928 in S->f->output_data.x->relief_background. If such a color cannot
1929 be allocated, use DEFAULT_PIXEL, instead. */
1932 x_setup_relief_color (f
, relief
, factor
, delta
, default_pixel
)
1934 struct relief
*relief
;
1937 unsigned long default_pixel
;
1940 struct x_output
*di
= f
->output_data
.x
;
1941 unsigned long mask
= GCForeground
| GCLineWidth
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
1942 unsigned long pixel
;
1943 unsigned long background
= di
->relief_background
;
1944 Colormap cmap
= FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
);
1945 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
1946 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
1948 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
1949 xgcv
.line_width
= 1;
1951 /* Free previously allocated color. The color cell will be reused
1952 when it has been freed as many times as it was allocated, so this
1953 doesn't affect faces using the same colors. */
1955 && relief
->allocated_p
)
1957 x_free_colors (f
, &relief
->pixel
, 1);
1958 relief
->allocated_p
= 0;
1961 /* Allocate new color. */
1962 xgcv
.foreground
= default_pixel
;
1964 if (dpyinfo
->n_planes
!= 1
1965 && x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, dpy
, cmap
, &pixel
, factor
, delta
))
1967 relief
->allocated_p
= 1;
1968 xgcv
.foreground
= relief
->pixel
= pixel
;
1971 if (relief
->gc
== 0)
1973 xgcv
.stipple
= dpyinfo
->gray
;
1975 relief
->gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), mask
, &xgcv
);
1978 XChangeGC (dpy
, relief
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
1982 /* Set up colors for the relief lines around glyph string S. */
1985 x_setup_relief_colors (s
)
1986 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1988 struct x_output
*di
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
;
1989 unsigned long color
;
1991 if (s
->face
->use_box_color_for_shadows_p
)
1992 color
= s
->face
->box_color
;
1993 else if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
1995 && !IMAGE_BACKGROUND_TRANSPARENT (s
->img
, s
->f
, 0))
1996 color
= IMAGE_BACKGROUND (s
->img
, s
->f
, 0);
2001 /* Get the background color of the face. */
2002 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
2003 color
= xgcv
.background
;
2006 if (di
->white_relief
.gc
== 0
2007 || color
!= di
->relief_background
)
2009 di
->relief_background
= color
;
2010 x_setup_relief_color (s
->f
, &di
->white_relief
, 1.2, 0x8000,
2011 WHITE_PIX_DEFAULT (s
->f
));
2012 x_setup_relief_color (s
->f
, &di
->black_relief
, 0.6, 0x4000,
2013 BLACK_PIX_DEFAULT (s
->f
));
2018 /* Draw a relief on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X,
2019 TOP_Y, RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the relief
2020 to draw, it must be >= 0. RAISED_P non-zero means draw a raised
2021 relief. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the left side of
2022 the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the right
2023 side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping rectangle to use
2027 x_draw_relief_rect (f
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
,
2028 raised_p
, top_p
, bot_p
, left_p
, right_p
, clip_rect
)
2030 int left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
;
2031 int top_p
, bot_p
, left_p
, right_p
, raised_p
;
2032 XRectangle
*clip_rect
;
2034 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
2035 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
2040 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
;
2042 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
;
2043 XSetClipRectangles (dpy
, gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2047 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
2048 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2049 left_x
+ i
* left_p
, top_y
+ i
,
2050 right_x
+ 1 - i
* right_p
, top_y
+ i
);
2054 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
2055 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2056 left_x
+ i
, top_y
+ i
, left_x
+ i
, bottom_y
- i
+ 1);
2058 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
2060 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
;
2062 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
;
2063 XSetClipRectangles (dpy
, gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2067 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
2068 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2069 left_x
+ i
* left_p
, bottom_y
- i
,
2070 right_x
+ 1 - i
* right_p
, bottom_y
- i
);
2074 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
2075 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2076 right_x
- i
, top_y
+ i
+ 1, right_x
- i
, bottom_y
- i
);
2078 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
2082 /* Draw a box on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X, TOP_Y,
2083 RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the lines to
2084 draw, it must be >= 0. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a line on the
2085 left side of the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a line
2086 on the right side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping
2087 rectangle to use when drawing. */
2090 x_draw_box_rect (s
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
,
2091 left_p
, right_p
, clip_rect
)
2092 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2093 int left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
, left_p
, right_p
;
2094 XRectangle
*clip_rect
;
2098 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2099 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->box_color
);
2100 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2103 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2104 left_x
, top_y
, right_x
- left_x
+ 1, width
);
2108 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2109 left_x
, top_y
, width
, bottom_y
- top_y
+ 1);
2112 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2113 left_x
, bottom_y
- width
+ 1, right_x
- left_x
+ 1, width
);
2117 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2118 right_x
- width
+ 1, top_y
, width
, bottom_y
- top_y
+ 1);
2120 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2121 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2125 /* Draw a box around glyph string S. */
2128 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
)
2129 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2131 int width
, left_x
, right_x
, top_y
, bottom_y
, last_x
, raised_p
;
2132 int left_p
, right_p
;
2133 struct glyph
*last_glyph
;
2134 XRectangle clip_rect
;
2136 last_x
= ((s
->row
->full_width_p
&& !s
->w
->pseudo_window_p
)
2137 ? WINDOW_RIGHT_EDGE_X (s
->w
)
2138 : window_box_right (s
->w
, s
->area
));
2140 /* The glyph that may have a right box line. */
2141 last_glyph
= (s
->cmp
|| s
->img
2143 : s
->first_glyph
+ s
->nchars
- 1);
2145 width
= abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2146 raised_p
= s
->face
->box
== FACE_RAISED_BOX
;
2148 right_x
= (s
->row
->full_width_p
&& s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
2150 : min (last_x
, s
->x
+ s
->background_width
) - 1);
2152 bottom_y
= top_y
+ s
->height
- 1;
2154 left_p
= (s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2155 || (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
2157 || s
->prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
)));
2158 right_p
= (last_glyph
->right_box_line_p
2159 || (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
2161 || s
->next
->hl
!= s
->hl
)));
2163 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2165 if (s
->face
->box
== FACE_SIMPLE_BOX
)
2166 x_draw_box_rect (s
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
,
2167 left_p
, right_p
, &clip_rect
);
2170 x_setup_relief_colors (s
);
2171 x_draw_relief_rect (s
->f
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
,
2172 width
, raised_p
, 1, 1, left_p
, right_p
, &clip_rect
);
2177 /* Draw foreground of image glyph string S. */
2180 x_draw_image_foreground (s
)
2181 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2184 int y
= s
->ybase
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2186 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2187 right of that line. */
2188 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2189 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2191 x
+= abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2193 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2195 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2196 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2197 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2198 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2204 /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles
2205 because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't
2206 trust on the shape extension to be available
2207 (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw
2209 unsigned long mask
= (GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
2212 XRectangle clip_rect
, image_rect
, r
;
2214 xgcv
.clip_mask
= s
->img
->mask
;
2215 xgcv
.clip_x_origin
= x
;
2216 xgcv
.clip_y_origin
= y
;
2217 xgcv
.function
= GXcopy
;
2218 XChangeGC (s
->display
, s
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
2220 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2223 image_rect
.width
= s
->slice
.width
;
2224 image_rect
.height
= s
->slice
.height
;
2225 if (x_intersect_rectangles (&clip_rect
, &image_rect
, &r
))
2226 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2227 s
->slice
.x
+ r
.x
- x
, s
->slice
.y
+ r
.y
- y
,
2228 r
.width
, r
.height
, r
.x
, r
.y
);
2232 XRectangle clip_rect
, image_rect
, r
;
2234 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2237 image_rect
.width
= s
->slice
.width
;
2238 image_rect
.height
= s
->slice
.height
;
2239 if (x_intersect_rectangles (&clip_rect
, &image_rect
, &r
))
2240 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2241 s
->slice
.x
+ r
.x
- x
, s
->slice
.y
+ r
.y
- y
,
2242 r
.width
, r
.height
, r
.x
, r
.y
);
2244 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
2245 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
2246 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
2247 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
2248 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
2249 nothing here for mouse-face. */
2250 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
2252 int r
= s
->img
->relief
;
2254 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2256 s
->slice
.width
+ r
*2 - 1,
2257 s
->slice
.height
+ r
*2 - 1);
2262 /* Draw a rectangle if image could not be loaded. */
2263 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
,
2264 s
->slice
.width
- 1, s
->slice
.height
- 1);
2268 /* Draw a relief around the image glyph string S. */
2271 x_draw_image_relief (s
)
2272 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2274 int x0
, y0
, x1
, y1
, thick
, raised_p
;
2277 int y
= s
->ybase
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2279 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2280 right of that line. */
2281 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2282 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2284 x
+= abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2286 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2288 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2289 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2290 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2291 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2293 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
2294 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
)
2296 thick
= tool_bar_button_relief
>= 0 ? tool_bar_button_relief
: DEFAULT_TOOL_BAR_BUTTON_RELIEF
;
2297 raised_p
= s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
;
2301 thick
= abs (s
->img
->relief
);
2302 raised_p
= s
->img
->relief
> 0;
2307 x1
= x
+ s
->slice
.width
+ thick
- 1;
2308 y1
= y
+ s
->slice
.height
+ thick
- 1;
2310 x_setup_relief_colors (s
);
2311 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
2312 x_draw_relief_rect (s
->f
, x0
, y0
, x1
, y1
, thick
, raised_p
,
2314 s
->slice
.y
+ s
->slice
.height
== s
->img
->height
,
2316 s
->slice
.x
+ s
->slice
.width
== s
->img
->width
,
2321 /* Draw the foreground of image glyph string S to PIXMAP. */
2324 x_draw_image_foreground_1 (s
, pixmap
)
2325 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2329 int y
= s
->ybase
- s
->y
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2331 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2332 right of that line. */
2333 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2334 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2336 x
+= abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2338 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2340 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2341 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2342 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2343 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2349 /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles
2350 because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't
2351 trust on the shape extension to be available
2352 (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw
2354 unsigned long mask
= (GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
2358 xgcv
.clip_mask
= s
->img
->mask
;
2359 xgcv
.clip_x_origin
= x
- s
->slice
.x
;
2360 xgcv
.clip_y_origin
= y
- s
->slice
.y
;
2361 xgcv
.function
= GXcopy
;
2362 XChangeGC (s
->display
, s
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
2364 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2365 s
->slice
.x
, s
->slice
.y
,
2366 s
->slice
.width
, s
->slice
.height
, x
, y
);
2367 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2371 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2372 s
->slice
.x
, s
->slice
.y
,
2373 s
->slice
.width
, s
->slice
.height
, x
, y
);
2375 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
2376 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
2377 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
2378 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
2379 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
2380 nothing here for mouse-face. */
2381 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
2383 int r
= s
->img
->relief
;
2385 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
- r
, y
- r
,
2386 s
->slice
.width
+ r
*2 - 1,
2387 s
->slice
.height
+ r
*2 - 1);
2392 /* Draw a rectangle if image could not be loaded. */
2393 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
, x
, y
,
2394 s
->slice
.width
- 1, s
->slice
.height
- 1);
2398 /* Draw part of the background of glyph string S. X, Y, W, and H
2399 give the rectangle to draw. */
2402 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, y
, w
, h
)
2403 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2408 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2409 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2410 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2411 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
2414 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2418 /* Draw image glyph string S.
2421 s->x +-------------------------
2424 | +-------------------------
2427 | | +-------------------
2433 x_draw_image_glyph_string (s
)
2434 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2436 int box_line_hwidth
= abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2437 int box_line_vwidth
= max (s
->face
->box_line_width
, 0);
2439 Pixmap pixmap
= None
;
2442 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2443 height
-= box_line_vwidth
;
2444 if (s
->slice
.y
+ s
->slice
.height
>= s
->img
->height
)
2445 height
-= box_line_vwidth
;
2447 /* Fill background with face under the image. Do it only if row is
2448 taller than image or if image has a clip mask to reduce
2450 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
2451 if (height
> s
->slice
.height
2455 || s
->img
->pixmap
== 0
2456 || s
->width
!= s
->background_width
)
2460 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. Fill it
2461 with the background color. Copy the image to it, using
2462 its mask. Copy the temporary pixmap to the display. */
2463 Screen
*screen
= FRAME_X_SCREEN (s
->f
);
2464 int depth
= DefaultDepthOfScreen (screen
);
2466 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. */
2467 pixmap
= XCreatePixmap (s
->display
, s
->window
,
2468 s
->background_width
,
2471 /* Don't clip in the following because we're working on the
2473 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2475 /* Fill the pixmap with the background color/stipple. */
2478 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2479 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2480 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2481 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
);
2482 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
2487 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
,
2489 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.background
);
2490 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2491 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
);
2492 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2500 if (s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2502 x
+= box_line_hwidth
;
2504 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2505 y
+= box_line_vwidth
;
2507 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, y
, s
->background_width
, height
);
2510 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2513 /* Draw the foreground. */
2516 x_draw_image_foreground_1 (s
, pixmap
);
2517 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2518 XCopyArea (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2519 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
, s
->x
, s
->y
);
2520 XFreePixmap (s
->display
, pixmap
);
2523 x_draw_image_foreground (s
);
2525 /* If we must draw a relief around the image, do it. */
2527 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
2528 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
)
2529 x_draw_image_relief (s
);
2533 /* Draw stretch glyph string S. */
2536 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (s
)
2537 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2539 xassert (s
->first_glyph
->type
== STRETCH_GLYPH
);
2540 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
2542 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
2543 && !x_stretch_cursor_p
)
2545 /* If `x-stretch-block-cursor' is nil, don't draw a block cursor
2546 as wide as the stretch glyph. */
2547 int width
= min (FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (s
->f
), s
->background_width
);
2550 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, s
->x
, s
->y
, width
, s
->height
);
2552 /* Clear rest using the GC of the original non-cursor face. */
2553 if (width
< s
->background_width
)
2555 int x
= s
->x
+ width
, y
= s
->y
;
2556 int w
= s
->background_width
- width
, h
= s
->height
;
2560 if (s
->row
->mouse_face_p
2561 && cursor_in_mouse_face_p (s
->w
))
2563 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
);
2569 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
2570 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, gc
, 0, 0, &r
, 1, Unsorted
);
2572 if (s
->face
->stipple
)
2574 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2575 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2576 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2577 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, gc
, FillSolid
);
2582 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
2583 XSetForeground (s
->display
, gc
, xgcv
.background
);
2584 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2585 XSetForeground (s
->display
, gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2589 else if (!s
->background_filled_p
)
2590 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, s
->x
, s
->y
, s
->background_width
,
2593 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2597 /* Draw glyph string S. */
2600 x_draw_glyph_string (s
)
2601 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2603 int relief_drawn_p
= 0;
2605 /* If S draws into the background of its successor, draw the
2606 background of the successor first so that S can draw into it.
2607 This makes S->next use XDrawString instead of XDrawImageString. */
2608 if (s
->next
&& s
->right_overhang
&& !s
->for_overlaps_p
)
2610 xassert (s
->next
->img
== NULL
);
2611 x_set_glyph_string_gc (s
->next
);
2612 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
->next
);
2613 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
->next
, 1);
2616 /* Set up S->gc, set clipping and draw S. */
2617 x_set_glyph_string_gc (s
);
2619 /* Draw relief (if any) in advance for char/composition so that the
2620 glyph string can be drawn over it. */
2621 if (!s
->for_overlaps_p
2622 && s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2623 && (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
2624 || s
->first_glyph
->type
== COMPOSITE_GLYPH
))
2627 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2628 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
2629 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
);
2630 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2634 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2636 switch (s
->first_glyph
->type
)
2639 x_draw_image_glyph_string (s
);
2643 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (s
);
2647 if (s
->for_overlaps_p
)
2648 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2650 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 0);
2651 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
2654 case COMPOSITE_GLYPH
:
2655 if (s
->for_overlaps_p
|| s
->gidx
> 0)
2656 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2658 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
2659 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
2666 if (!s
->for_overlaps_p
)
2668 /* Draw underline. */
2669 if (s
->face
->underline_p
)
2671 unsigned long tem
, h
;
2674 /* Get the underline thickness. Default is 1 pixel. */
2675 if (!XGetFontProperty (s
->font
, XA_UNDERLINE_THICKNESS
, &h
))
2678 /* Get the underline position. This is the recommended
2679 vertical offset in pixels from the baseline to the top of
2680 the underline. This is a signed value according to the
2681 specs, and its default is
2683 ROUND ((maximum descent) / 2), with
2684 ROUND(x) = floor (x + 0.5) */
2686 if (x_use_underline_position_properties
2687 && XGetFontProperty (s
->font
, XA_UNDERLINE_POSITION
, &tem
))
2688 y
= s
->ybase
+ (long) tem
;
2689 else if (s
->face
->font
)
2690 y
= s
->ybase
+ (s
->face
->font
->max_bounds
.descent
+ 1) / 2;
2692 y
= s
->y
+ s
->height
- h
;
2694 if (s
->face
->underline_defaulted_p
)
2695 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2696 s
->x
, y
, s
->width
, h
);
2700 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2701 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->underline_color
);
2702 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2703 s
->x
, y
, s
->width
, h
);
2704 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2708 /* Draw overline. */
2709 if (s
->face
->overline_p
)
2711 unsigned long dy
= 0, h
= 1;
2713 if (s
->face
->overline_color_defaulted_p
)
2714 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2719 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2720 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->overline_color
);
2721 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2723 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2727 /* Draw strike-through. */
2728 if (s
->face
->strike_through_p
)
2730 unsigned long h
= 1;
2731 unsigned long dy
= (s
->height
- h
) / 2;
2733 if (s
->face
->strike_through_color_defaulted_p
)
2734 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2739 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2740 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->strike_through_color
);
2741 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2743 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2747 /* Draw relief if not yet drawn. */
2748 if (!relief_drawn_p
&& s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
)
2749 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
);
2752 /* Reset clipping. */
2753 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2756 /* Shift display to make room for inserted glyphs. */
2759 x_shift_glyphs_for_insert (f
, x
, y
, width
, height
, shift_by
)
2761 int x
, y
, width
, height
, shift_by
;
2763 XCopyArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
2764 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
2765 x
, y
, width
, height
,
2769 /* Delete N glyphs at the nominal cursor position. Not implemented
2780 /* Like XClearArea, but check that WIDTH and HEIGHT are reasonable.
2781 If they are <= 0, this is probably an error. */
2784 x_clear_area (dpy
, window
, x
, y
, width
, height
, exposures
)
2791 xassert (width
> 0 && height
> 0);
2792 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, x
, y
, width
, height
, exposures
);
2796 /* Clear entire frame. If updating_frame is non-null, clear that
2797 frame. Otherwise clear the selected frame. */
2807 f
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
2809 /* Clearing the frame will erase any cursor, so mark them all as no
2811 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f
)));
2812 output_cursor
.hpos
= output_cursor
.vpos
= 0;
2813 output_cursor
.x
= -1;
2815 /* We don't set the output cursor here because there will always
2816 follow an explicit cursor_to. */
2818 XClearWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
2820 /* We have to clear the scroll bars, too. If we have changed
2821 colors or something like that, then they should be notified. */
2822 x_scroll_bar_clear (f
);
2824 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
2831 /* Invert the middle quarter of the frame for .15 sec. */
2833 /* We use the select system call to do the waiting, so we have to make
2834 sure it's available. If it isn't, we just won't do visual bells. */
2836 #if defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT)
2839 /* Subtract the `struct timeval' values X and Y, storing the result in
2840 *RESULT. Return 1 if the difference is negative, otherwise 0. */
2843 timeval_subtract (result
, x
, y
)
2844 struct timeval
*result
, x
, y
;
2846 /* Perform the carry for the later subtraction by updating y. This
2847 is safer because on some systems the tv_sec member is unsigned. */
2848 if (x
.tv_usec
< y
.tv_usec
)
2850 int nsec
= (y
.tv_usec
- x
.tv_usec
) / 1000000 + 1;
2851 y
.tv_usec
-= 1000000 * nsec
;
2855 if (x
.tv_usec
- y
.tv_usec
> 1000000)
2857 int nsec
= (y
.tv_usec
- x
.tv_usec
) / 1000000;
2858 y
.tv_usec
+= 1000000 * nsec
;
2862 /* Compute the time remaining to wait. tv_usec is certainly
2864 result
->tv_sec
= x
.tv_sec
- y
.tv_sec
;
2865 result
->tv_usec
= x
.tv_usec
- y
.tv_usec
;
2867 /* Return indication of whether the result should be considered
2869 return x
.tv_sec
< y
.tv_sec
;
2881 /* Create a GC that will use the GXxor function to flip foreground
2882 pixels into background pixels. */
2886 values
.function
= GXxor
;
2887 values
.foreground
= (f
->output_data
.x
->foreground_pixel
2888 ^ f
->output_data
.x
->background_pixel
);
2890 gc
= XCreateGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
2891 GCFunction
| GCForeground
, &values
);
2895 /* Get the height not including a menu bar widget. */
2896 int height
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, FRAME_LINES (f
));
2897 /* Height of each line to flash. */
2898 int flash_height
= FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
2899 /* These will be the left and right margins of the rectangles. */
2900 int flash_left
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
2901 int flash_right
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
2905 /* Don't flash the area between a scroll bar and the frame
2906 edge it is next to. */
2907 switch (FRAME_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TYPE (f
))
2909 case vertical_scroll_bar_left
:
2910 flash_left
+= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
2913 case vertical_scroll_bar_right
:
2914 flash_right
-= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
2921 width
= flash_right
- flash_left
;
2923 /* If window is tall, flash top and bottom line. */
2924 if (height
> 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
))
2926 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
2928 (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)
2929 + FRAME_TOOL_BAR_LINES (f
) * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
)),
2930 width
, flash_height
);
2931 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
2933 (height
- flash_height
2934 - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)),
2935 width
, flash_height
);
2938 /* If it is short, flash it all. */
2939 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
2940 flash_left
, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
2941 width
, height
- 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
));
2946 struct timeval wakeup
;
2948 EMACS_GET_TIME (wakeup
);
2950 /* Compute time to wait until, propagating carry from usecs. */
2951 wakeup
.tv_usec
+= 150000;
2952 wakeup
.tv_sec
+= (wakeup
.tv_usec
/ 1000000);
2953 wakeup
.tv_usec
%= 1000000;
2955 /* Keep waiting until past the time wakeup or any input gets
2957 while (! detect_input_pending ())
2959 struct timeval current
;
2960 struct timeval timeout
;
2962 EMACS_GET_TIME (current
);
2964 /* Break if result would be negative. */
2965 if (timeval_subtract (¤t
, wakeup
, current
))
2968 /* How long `select' should wait. */
2970 timeout
.tv_usec
= 10000;
2972 /* Try to wait that long--but we might wake up sooner. */
2973 select (0, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
, &timeout
);
2977 /* If window is tall, flash top and bottom line. */
2978 if (height
> 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
))
2980 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
2982 (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)
2983 + FRAME_TOOL_BAR_LINES (f
) * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
)),
2984 width
, flash_height
);
2985 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
2987 (height
- flash_height
2988 - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)),
2989 width
, flash_height
);
2992 /* If it is short, flash it all. */
2993 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
2994 flash_left
, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
2995 width
, height
- 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
));
2997 XFreeGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
);
3005 #endif /* defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT) */
3008 /* Make audible bell. */
3013 struct frame
*f
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
3015 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
))
3017 #if defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT)
3024 XBell (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), 0);
3025 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
3032 /* Specify how many text lines, from the top of the window,
3033 should be affected by insert-lines and delete-lines operations.
3034 This, and those operations, are used only within an update
3035 that is bounded by calls to x_update_begin and x_update_end. */
3038 XTset_terminal_window (n
)
3041 /* This function intentionally left blank. */
3046 /***********************************************************************
3048 ***********************************************************************/
3050 /* Perform an insert-lines or delete-lines operation, inserting N
3051 lines or deleting -N lines at vertical position VPOS. */
3054 x_ins_del_lines (vpos
, n
)
3061 /* Scroll part of the display as described by RUN. */
3064 x_scroll_run (w
, run
)
3068 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
3069 int x
, y
, width
, height
, from_y
, to_y
, bottom_y
;
3071 /* Get frame-relative bounding box of the text display area of W,
3072 without mode lines. Include in this box the left and right
3074 window_box (w
, -1, &x
, &y
, &width
, &height
);
3076 from_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, run
->current_y
);
3077 to_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, run
->desired_y
);
3078 bottom_y
= y
+ height
;
3082 /* Scrolling up. Make sure we don't copy part of the mode
3083 line at the bottom. */
3084 if (from_y
+ run
->height
> bottom_y
)
3085 height
= bottom_y
- from_y
;
3087 height
= run
->height
;
3091 /* Scolling down. Make sure we don't copy over the mode line.
3093 if (to_y
+ run
->height
> bottom_y
)
3094 height
= bottom_y
- to_y
;
3096 height
= run
->height
;
3101 /* Cursor off. Will be switched on again in x_update_window_end. */
3105 XCopyArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
3106 FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3107 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
3117 /***********************************************************************
3119 ***********************************************************************/
3126 /* We used to only do this if Vx_no_window_manager was non-nil, but
3127 the ICCCM (section 4.1.6) says that the window's border pixmap
3128 and border pixel are window attributes which are "private to the
3129 client", so we can always change it to whatever we want. */
3131 XSetWindowBorder (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3132 f
->output_data
.x
->border_pixel
);
3134 x_update_cursor (f
, 1);
3138 frame_unhighlight (f
)
3141 /* We used to only do this if Vx_no_window_manager was non-nil, but
3142 the ICCCM (section 4.1.6) says that the window's border pixmap
3143 and border pixel are window attributes which are "private to the
3144 client", so we can always change it to whatever we want. */
3146 XSetWindowBorderPixmap (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3147 f
->output_data
.x
->border_tile
);
3149 x_update_cursor (f
, 1);
3152 /* The focus has changed. Update the frames as necessary to reflect
3153 the new situation. Note that we can't change the selected frame
3154 here, because the Lisp code we are interrupting might become confused.
3155 Each event gets marked with the frame in which it occurred, so the
3156 Lisp code can tell when the switch took place by examining the events. */
3159 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, frame
)
3160 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3161 struct frame
*frame
;
3163 struct frame
*old_focus
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3165 if (frame
!= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
3167 /* Set this before calling other routines, so that they see
3168 the correct value of x_focus_frame. */
3169 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= frame
;
3171 if (old_focus
&& old_focus
->auto_lower
)
3172 x_lower_frame (old_focus
);
3175 selected_frame
= frame
;
3176 XSETFRAME (XWINDOW (selected_frame
->selected_window
)->frame
,
3178 Fselect_window (selected_frame
->selected_window
, Qnil
);
3179 choose_minibuf_frame ();
3182 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
&& dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
->auto_raise
)
3183 pending_autoraise_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3185 pending_autoraise_frame
= 0;
3188 x_frame_rehighlight (dpyinfo
);
3191 /* Handle FocusIn and FocusOut state changes for FRAME.
3192 If FRAME has focus and there exists more than one frame, puts
3193 a FOCUS_IN_EVENT into *BUFP. */
3196 x_focus_changed (type
, state
, dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
)
3199 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3200 struct frame
*frame
;
3201 struct input_event
*bufp
;
3203 if (type
== FocusIn
)
3205 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
!= frame
)
3207 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, frame
);
3208 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= frame
;
3210 /* Don't stop displaying the initial startup message
3211 for a switch-frame event we don't need. */
3212 if (GC_NILP (Vterminal_frame
)
3213 && GC_CONSP (Vframe_list
)
3214 && !GC_NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list
)))
3216 bufp
->kind
= FOCUS_IN_EVENT
;
3217 XSETFRAME (bufp
->frame_or_window
, frame
);
3221 frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
|= state
;
3224 if (FRAME_XIC (frame
))
3225 XSetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (frame
));
3228 else if (type
== FocusOut
)
3230 frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
&= ~state
;
3232 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
== frame
)
3234 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
3235 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, 0);
3239 if (FRAME_XIC (frame
))
3240 XUnsetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (frame
));
3245 /* The focus may have changed. Figure out if it is a real focus change,
3246 by checking both FocusIn/Out and Enter/LeaveNotify events.
3248 Returns FOCUS_IN_EVENT event in *BUFP. */
3251 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, event
, bufp
)
3252 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3254 struct input_event
*bufp
;
3256 struct frame
*frame
;
3258 frame
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xany
.window
);
3262 switch (event
->type
)
3267 struct frame
*focus_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
;
3269 = focus_frame
? focus_frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
: 0;
3271 if (event
->xcrossing
.detail
!= NotifyInferior
3272 && event
->xcrossing
.focus
3273 && ! (focus_state
& FOCUS_EXPLICIT
))
3274 x_focus_changed ((event
->type
== EnterNotify
? FocusIn
: FocusOut
),
3276 dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3282 x_focus_changed (event
->type
,
3283 (event
->xfocus
.detail
== NotifyPointer
?
3284 FOCUS_IMPLICIT
: FOCUS_EXPLICIT
),
3285 dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3291 /* Handle an event saying the mouse has moved out of an Emacs frame. */
3294 x_mouse_leave (dpyinfo
)
3295 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3297 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
);
3300 /* The focus has changed, or we have redirected a frame's focus to
3301 another frame (this happens when a frame uses a surrogate
3302 mini-buffer frame). Shift the highlight as appropriate.
3304 The FRAME argument doesn't necessarily have anything to do with which
3305 frame is being highlighted or un-highlighted; we only use it to find
3306 the appropriate X display info. */
3309 XTframe_rehighlight (frame
)
3310 struct frame
*frame
;
3312 x_frame_rehighlight (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (frame
));
3316 x_frame_rehighlight (dpyinfo
)
3317 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3319 struct frame
*old_highlight
= dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
;
3321 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
3323 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
3324 = ((GC_FRAMEP (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)))
3325 ? XFRAME (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
))
3326 : dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
);
3327 if (! FRAME_LIVE_P (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
))
3329 FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
) = Qnil
;
3330 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3334 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
3336 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
!= old_highlight
)
3339 frame_unhighlight (old_highlight
);
3340 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
)
3341 frame_highlight (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
);
3347 /* Keyboard processing - modifier keys, vendor-specific keysyms, etc. */
3349 /* Initialize mode_switch_bit and modifier_meaning. */
3351 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
)
3352 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3354 int min_code
, max_code
;
3357 XModifierKeymap
*mods
;
3359 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
= 0;
3360 dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
= 0;
3361 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
= 0;
3362 dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
= 0;
3363 dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
= 0;
3366 XDisplayKeycodes (dpyinfo
->display
, &min_code
, &max_code
);
3368 min_code
= dpyinfo
->display
->min_keycode
;
3369 max_code
= dpyinfo
->display
->max_keycode
;
3372 syms
= XGetKeyboardMapping (dpyinfo
->display
,
3373 min_code
, max_code
- min_code
+ 1,
3375 mods
= XGetModifierMapping (dpyinfo
->display
);
3377 /* Scan the modifier table to see which modifier bits the Meta and
3378 Alt keysyms are on. */
3380 int row
, col
; /* The row and column in the modifier table. */
3381 int found_alt_or_meta
;
3383 for (row
= 3; row
< 8; row
++)
3385 found_alt_or_meta
= 0;
3386 for (col
= 0; col
< mods
->max_keypermod
; col
++)
3388 KeyCode code
= mods
->modifiermap
[(row
* mods
->max_keypermod
) + col
];
3390 /* Zeroes are used for filler. Skip them. */
3394 /* Are any of this keycode's keysyms a meta key? */
3398 for (code_col
= 0; code_col
< syms_per_code
; code_col
++)
3400 int sym
= syms
[((code
- min_code
) * syms_per_code
) + code_col
];
3406 found_alt_or_meta
= 1;
3407 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3412 found_alt_or_meta
= 1;
3413 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3418 if (!found_alt_or_meta
)
3419 dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3420 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3421 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3426 if (!found_alt_or_meta
)
3427 dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3428 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3429 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3433 /* Ignore this if it's not on the lock modifier. */
3434 if (!found_alt_or_meta
&& ((1 << row
) == LockMask
))
3435 dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
= LockMask
;
3436 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3437 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3446 /* If we couldn't find any meta keys, accept any alt keys as meta keys. */
3447 if (! dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
3449 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
= dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
;
3450 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
= 0;
3453 /* If some keys are both alt and meta,
3454 make them just meta, not alt. */
3455 if (dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
3457 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
&= ~dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
;
3460 XFree ((char *) syms
);
3461 XFreeModifiermap (mods
);
3464 /* Convert between the modifier bits X uses and the modifier bits
3468 x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (dpyinfo
, state
)
3469 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3472 EMACS_UINT mod_meta
= meta_modifier
;
3473 EMACS_UINT mod_alt
= alt_modifier
;
3474 EMACS_UINT mod_hyper
= hyper_modifier
;
3475 EMACS_UINT mod_super
= super_modifier
;
3478 tem
= Fget (Vx_alt_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3479 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_alt
= XUINT (tem
);
3480 tem
= Fget (Vx_meta_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3481 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_meta
= XUINT (tem
);
3482 tem
= Fget (Vx_hyper_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3483 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_hyper
= XUINT (tem
);
3484 tem
= Fget (Vx_super_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3485 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_super
= XUINT (tem
);
3488 return ( ((state
& (ShiftMask
| dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
)) ? shift_modifier
: 0)
3489 | ((state
& ControlMask
) ? ctrl_modifier
: 0)
3490 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
) ? mod_meta
: 0)
3491 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
) ? mod_alt
: 0)
3492 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
) ? mod_super
: 0)
3493 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
) ? mod_hyper
: 0));
3497 x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (dpyinfo
, state
)
3498 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3501 EMACS_UINT mod_meta
= meta_modifier
;
3502 EMACS_UINT mod_alt
= alt_modifier
;
3503 EMACS_UINT mod_hyper
= hyper_modifier
;
3504 EMACS_UINT mod_super
= super_modifier
;
3508 tem
= Fget (Vx_alt_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3509 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_alt
= XUINT (tem
);
3510 tem
= Fget (Vx_meta_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3511 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_meta
= XUINT (tem
);
3512 tem
= Fget (Vx_hyper_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3513 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_hyper
= XUINT (tem
);
3514 tem
= Fget (Vx_super_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3515 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_super
= XUINT (tem
);
3518 return ( ((state
& mod_alt
) ? dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
: 0)
3519 | ((state
& mod_super
) ? dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
: 0)
3520 | ((state
& mod_hyper
) ? dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
: 0)
3521 | ((state
& shift_modifier
) ? ShiftMask
: 0)
3522 | ((state
& ctrl_modifier
) ? ControlMask
: 0)
3523 | ((state
& mod_meta
) ? dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
: 0));
3526 /* Convert a keysym to its name. */
3529 x_get_keysym_name (keysym
)
3535 value
= XKeysymToString (keysym
);
3543 /* Mouse clicks and mouse movement. Rah. */
3545 /* Prepare a mouse-event in *RESULT for placement in the input queue.
3547 If the event is a button press, then note that we have grabbed
3551 construct_mouse_click (result
, event
, f
)
3552 struct input_event
*result
;
3553 XButtonEvent
*event
;
3556 /* Make the event type NO_EVENT; we'll change that when we decide
3558 result
->kind
= MOUSE_CLICK_EVENT
;
3559 result
->code
= event
->button
- Button1
;
3560 result
->timestamp
= event
->time
;
3561 result
->modifiers
= (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
3563 | (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
3567 XSETINT (result
->x
, event
->x
);
3568 XSETINT (result
->y
, event
->y
);
3569 XSETFRAME (result
->frame_or_window
, f
);
3575 /* Function to report a mouse movement to the mainstream Emacs code.
3576 The input handler calls this.
3578 We have received a mouse movement event, which is given in *event.
3579 If the mouse is over a different glyph than it was last time, tell
3580 the mainstream emacs code by setting mouse_moved. If not, ask for
3581 another motion event, so we can check again the next time it moves. */
3583 static XMotionEvent last_mouse_motion_event
;
3584 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_motion_frame
;
3587 note_mouse_movement (frame
, event
)
3589 XMotionEvent
*event
;
3591 last_mouse_movement_time
= event
->time
;
3592 last_mouse_motion_event
= *event
;
3593 XSETFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
, frame
);
3595 if (event
->window
!= FRAME_X_WINDOW (frame
))
3597 frame
->mouse_moved
= 1;
3598 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3599 note_mouse_highlight (frame
, -1, -1);
3602 /* Has the mouse moved off the glyph it was on at the last sighting? */
3603 else if (event
->x
< last_mouse_glyph
.x
3604 || event
->x
>= last_mouse_glyph
.x
+ last_mouse_glyph
.width
3605 || event
->y
< last_mouse_glyph
.y
3606 || event
->y
>= last_mouse_glyph
.y
+ last_mouse_glyph
.height
)
3608 frame
->mouse_moved
= 1;
3609 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3610 note_mouse_highlight (frame
, event
->x
, event
->y
);
3615 /************************************************************************
3617 ************************************************************************/
3620 redo_mouse_highlight ()
3622 if (!NILP (last_mouse_motion_frame
)
3623 && FRAME_LIVE_P (XFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
)))
3624 note_mouse_highlight (XFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
),
3625 last_mouse_motion_event
.x
,
3626 last_mouse_motion_event
.y
);
3630 static int glyph_rect
P_ ((struct frame
*f
, int, int, XRectangle
*));
3633 /* Try to determine frame pixel position and size of the glyph under
3634 frame pixel coordinates X/Y on frame F . Return the position and
3635 size in *RECT. Value is non-zero if we could compute these
3639 glyph_rect (f
, x
, y
, rect
)
3646 struct glyph_row
*r
, *end_row
;
3648 window
= window_from_coordinates (f
, x
, y
, 0, &x
, &y
, 0);
3652 w
= XWINDOW (window
);
3653 r
= MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w
->current_matrix
);
3654 end_row
= r
+ w
->current_matrix
->nrows
- 1;
3656 for (; r
< end_row
&& r
->enabled_p
; ++r
)
3660 struct glyph
*g
= r
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
];
3661 struct glyph
*end
= g
+ r
->used
[TEXT_AREA
];
3663 while (g
< end
&& gx
< x
)
3664 gx
+= g
->pixel_width
, ++g
;
3667 rect
->width
= g
->pixel_width
;
3668 rect
->height
= r
->height
;
3669 rect
->x
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, gx
);
3670 rect
->y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, r
->y
);
3681 /* Return the current position of the mouse.
3682 *FP should be a frame which indicates which display to ask about.
3684 If the mouse movement started in a scroll bar, set *FP, *BAR_WINDOW,
3685 and *PART to the frame, window, and scroll bar part that the mouse
3686 is over. Set *X and *Y to the portion and whole of the mouse's
3687 position on the scroll bar.
3689 If the mouse movement started elsewhere, set *FP to the frame the
3690 mouse is on, *BAR_WINDOW to nil, and *X and *Y to the character cell
3693 Set *TIME to the server time-stamp for the time at which the mouse
3694 was at this position.
3696 Don't store anything if we don't have a valid set of values to report.
3698 This clears the mouse_moved flag, so we can wait for the next mouse
3702 XTmouse_position (fp
, insist
, bar_window
, part
, x
, y
, time
)
3705 Lisp_Object
*bar_window
;
3706 enum scroll_bar_part
*part
;
3708 unsigned long *time
;
3714 if (! NILP (last_mouse_scroll_bar
) && insist
== 0)
3715 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (fp
, bar_window
, part
, x
, y
, time
);
3721 Window dummy_window
;
3724 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
3726 /* Clear the mouse-moved flag for every frame on this display. */
3727 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
3728 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (frame
)) == FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
))
3729 XFRAME (frame
)->mouse_moved
= 0;
3731 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3733 /* Figure out which root window we're on. */
3734 XQueryPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3735 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
)),
3737 /* The root window which contains the pointer. */
3740 /* Trash which we can't trust if the pointer is on
3741 a different screen. */
3744 /* The position on that root window. */
3747 /* More trash we can't trust. */
3750 /* Modifier keys and pointer buttons, about which
3752 (unsigned int *) &dummy
);
3754 /* Now we have a position on the root; find the innermost window
3755 containing the pointer. */
3759 int parent_x
= 0, parent_y
= 0;
3764 /* XTranslateCoordinates can get errors if the window
3765 structure is changing at the same time this function
3766 is running. So at least we must not crash from them. */
3768 count
= x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
));
3770 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
)->grabbed
&& last_mouse_frame
3771 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
3773 /* If mouse was grabbed on a frame, give coords for that frame
3774 even if the mouse is now outside it. */
3775 XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3777 /* From-window, to-window. */
3778 root
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (last_mouse_frame
),
3780 /* From-position, to-position. */
3781 root_x
, root_y
, &win_x
, &win_y
,
3785 f1
= last_mouse_frame
;
3791 XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3793 /* From-window, to-window. */
3796 /* From-position, to-position. */
3797 root_x
, root_y
, &win_x
, &win_y
,
3802 if (child
== None
|| child
== win
)
3810 /* Now we know that:
3811 win is the innermost window containing the pointer
3812 (XTC says it has no child containing the pointer),
3813 win_x and win_y are the pointer's position in it
3814 (XTC did this the last time through), and
3815 parent_x and parent_y are the pointer's position in win's parent.
3816 (They are what win_x and win_y were when win was child.
3817 If win is the root window, it has no parent, and
3818 parent_{x,y} are invalid, but that's okay, because we'll
3819 never use them in that case.) */
3821 /* Is win one of our frames? */
3822 f1
= x_any_window_to_frame (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
), win
);
3824 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
3825 /* If we end up with the menu bar window, say it's not
3828 && f1
->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
3829 && win
== XtWindow (f1
->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
))
3831 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
3834 if (x_had_errors_p (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
)))
3837 x_uncatch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
), count
);
3839 /* If not, is it one of our scroll bars? */
3842 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
3844 bar
= x_window_to_scroll_bar (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
), win
);
3848 f1
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
3854 if (f1
== 0 && insist
> 0)
3855 f1
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
3859 /* Ok, we found a frame. Store all the values.
3860 last_mouse_glyph is a rectangle used to reduce the
3861 generation of mouse events. To not miss any motion
3862 events, we must divide the frame into rectangles of the
3863 size of the smallest character that could be displayed
3864 on it, i.e. into the same rectangles that matrices on
3865 the frame are divided into. */
3867 int width
, height
, gx
, gy
;
3870 if (glyph_rect (f1
, win_x
, win_y
, &rect
))
3871 last_mouse_glyph
= rect
;
3874 width
= FRAME_SMALLEST_CHAR_WIDTH (f1
);
3875 height
= FRAME_SMALLEST_FONT_HEIGHT (f1
);
3879 /* Arrange for the division in FRAME_PIXEL_X_TO_COL etc. to
3880 round down even for negative values. */
3885 gx
= (gx
+ width
- 1) / width
* width
;
3886 gy
= (gy
+ height
- 1) / height
* height
;
3888 last_mouse_glyph
.width
= width
;
3889 last_mouse_glyph
.height
= height
;
3890 last_mouse_glyph
.x
= gx
;
3891 last_mouse_glyph
.y
= gy
;
3897 XSETINT (*x
, win_x
);
3898 XSETINT (*y
, win_y
);
3899 *time
= last_mouse_movement_time
;
3909 /***********************************************************************
3911 ***********************************************************************/
3913 /* Scroll bar support. */
3915 /* Given an X window ID and a DISPLAY, find the struct scroll_bar which
3917 This can be called in GC, so we have to make sure to strip off mark
3920 static struct scroll_bar
*
3921 x_window_to_scroll_bar (display
, window_id
)
3927 #if defined (USE_GTK) && defined (USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS)
3928 window_id
= (Window
) xg_get_scroll_id_for_window (display
, window_id
);
3929 #endif /* USE_GTK && USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
3931 for (tail
= Vframe_list
;
3932 XGCTYPE (tail
) == Lisp_Cons
;
3935 Lisp_Object frame
, bar
, condemned
;
3937 frame
= XCAR (tail
);
3938 /* All elements of Vframe_list should be frames. */
3939 if (! GC_FRAMEP (frame
))
3942 /* Scan this frame's scroll bar list for a scroll bar with the
3944 condemned
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame
));
3945 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame
));
3946 /* This trick allows us to search both the ordinary and
3947 condemned scroll bar lists with one loop. */
3948 ! GC_NILP (bar
) || (bar
= condemned
,
3951 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
)
3952 if (SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)) == window_id
&&
3953 FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (frame
)) == display
)
3954 return XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
3961 #if defined USE_LUCID
3963 /* Return the Lucid menu bar WINDOW is part of. Return null
3964 if WINDOW is not part of a menu bar. */
3967 x_window_to_menu_bar (window
)
3972 for (tail
= Vframe_list
;
3973 XGCTYPE (tail
) == Lisp_Cons
;
3976 Lisp_Object frame
= XCAR (tail
);
3977 Widget menu_bar
= XFRAME (frame
)->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
;
3979 if (menu_bar
&& xlwmenu_window_p (menu_bar
, window
))
3986 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
3989 /************************************************************************
3991 ************************************************************************/
3993 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
3995 static void x_scroll_bar_to_input_event
P_ ((XEvent
*, struct input_event
*));
3996 static void x_send_scroll_bar_event
P_ ((Lisp_Object
, int, int, int));
3997 static void x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar
P_ ((struct frame
*,
3998 struct scroll_bar
*));
3999 static void x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb
P_ ((struct scroll_bar
*,
4003 /* Lisp window being scrolled. Set when starting to interact with
4004 a toolkit scroll bar, reset to nil when ending the interaction. */
4006 static Lisp_Object window_being_scrolled
;
4008 /* Last scroll bar part sent in xm_scroll_callback. */
4010 static int last_scroll_bar_part
;
4012 /* Whether this is an Xaw with arrow-scrollbars. This should imply
4013 that movements of 1/20 of the screen size are mapped to up/down. */
4016 /* Id of action hook installed for scroll bars. */
4018 static XtActionHookId action_hook_id
;
4020 static Boolean xaw3d_arrow_scroll
;
4022 /* Whether the drag scrolling maintains the mouse at the top of the
4023 thumb. If not, resizing the thumb needs to be done more carefully
4024 to avoid jerkyness. */
4026 static Boolean xaw3d_pick_top
;
4028 extern void set_vertical_scroll_bar
P_ ((struct window
*));
4030 /* Action hook installed via XtAppAddActionHook when toolkit scroll
4031 bars are used.. The hook is responsible for detecting when
4032 the user ends an interaction with the scroll bar, and generates
4033 a `end-scroll' SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT' event if so. */
4036 xt_action_hook (widget
, client_data
, action_name
, event
, params
,
4039 XtPointer client_data
;
4043 Cardinal
*num_params
;
4049 scroll_bar_p
= XmIsScrollBar (widget
);
4050 end_action
= "Release";
4051 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4052 scroll_bar_p
= XtIsSubclass (widget
, scrollbarWidgetClass
);
4053 end_action
= "EndScroll";
4054 #endif /* USE_MOTIF */
4057 && strcmp (action_name
, end_action
) == 0
4058 && WINDOWP (window_being_scrolled
))
4062 x_send_scroll_bar_event (window_being_scrolled
,
4063 scroll_bar_end_scroll
, 0, 0);
4064 w
= XWINDOW (window_being_scrolled
);
4066 if (!NILP (XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
)->dragging
))
4068 XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
)->dragging
= Qnil
;
4069 /* The thumb size is incorrect while dragging: fix it. */
4070 set_vertical_scroll_bar (w
);
4072 window_being_scrolled
= Qnil
;
4073 last_scroll_bar_part
= -1;
4075 /* Xt timeouts no longer needed. */
4076 toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
= 0;
4079 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4081 /* A vector of windows used for communication between
4082 x_send_scroll_bar_event and x_scroll_bar_to_input_event. */
4084 static struct window
**scroll_bar_windows
;
4085 static int scroll_bar_windows_size
;
4088 /* Send a client message with message type Xatom_Scrollbar for a
4089 scroll action to the frame of WINDOW. PART is a value identifying
4090 the part of the scroll bar that was clicked on. PORTION is the
4091 amount to scroll of a whole of WHOLE. */
4094 x_send_scroll_bar_event (window
, part
, portion
, whole
)
4096 int part
, portion
, whole
;
4099 XClientMessageEvent
*ev
= (XClientMessageEvent
*) &event
;
4100 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (window
);
4101 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4106 /* Construct a ClientMessage event to send to the frame. */
4107 ev
->type
= ClientMessage
;
4108 ev
->message_type
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_Scrollbar
;
4109 ev
->display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
4110 ev
->window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
4113 /* We can only transfer 32 bits in the XClientMessageEvent, which is
4114 not enough to store a pointer or Lisp_Object on a 64 bit system.
4115 So, store the window in scroll_bar_windows and pass the index
4116 into that array in the event. */
4117 for (i
= 0; i
< scroll_bar_windows_size
; ++i
)
4118 if (scroll_bar_windows
[i
] == NULL
)
4121 if (i
== scroll_bar_windows_size
)
4123 int new_size
= max (10, 2 * scroll_bar_windows_size
);
4124 size_t nbytes
= new_size
* sizeof *scroll_bar_windows
;
4125 size_t old_nbytes
= scroll_bar_windows_size
* sizeof *scroll_bar_windows
;
4127 scroll_bar_windows
= (struct window
**) xrealloc (scroll_bar_windows
,
4129 bzero (&scroll_bar_windows
[i
], nbytes
- old_nbytes
);
4130 scroll_bar_windows_size
= new_size
;
4133 scroll_bar_windows
[i
] = w
;
4134 ev
->data
.l
[0] = (long) i
;
4135 ev
->data
.l
[1] = (long) part
;
4136 ev
->data
.l
[2] = (long) 0;
4137 ev
->data
.l
[3] = (long) portion
;
4138 ev
->data
.l
[4] = (long) whole
;
4140 /* Make Xt timeouts work while the scroll bar is active. */
4141 toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
= 1;
4143 /* Setting the event mask to zero means that the message will
4144 be sent to the client that created the window, and if that
4145 window no longer exists, no event will be sent. */
4146 XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), False
, 0, &event
);
4151 /* Transform a scroll bar ClientMessage EVENT to an Emacs input event
4155 x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (event
, ievent
)
4157 struct input_event
*ievent
;
4159 XClientMessageEvent
*ev
= (XClientMessageEvent
*) event
;
4164 w
= scroll_bar_windows
[ev
->data
.l
[0]];
4165 scroll_bar_windows
[ev
->data
.l
[0]] = NULL
;
4167 XSETWINDOW (window
, w
);
4168 f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4170 ievent
->kind
= SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT
;
4171 ievent
->frame_or_window
= window
;
4174 ievent
->timestamp
= CurrentTime
;
4176 ievent
->timestamp
= XtLastTimestampProcessed (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
4178 ievent
->part
= ev
->data
.l
[1];
4179 ievent
->code
= ev
->data
.l
[2];
4180 ievent
->x
= make_number ((int) ev
->data
.l
[3]);
4181 ievent
->y
= make_number ((int) ev
->data
.l
[4]);
4182 ievent
->modifiers
= 0;
4188 /* Minimum and maximum values used for Motif scroll bars. */
4190 #define XM_SB_MAX 10000000
4193 /* Scroll bar callback for Motif scroll bars. WIDGET is the scroll
4194 bar widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure.
4195 CALL_DATA is a pointer to a XmScrollBarCallbackStruct. */
4198 xm_scroll_callback (widget
, client_data
, call_data
)
4200 XtPointer client_data
, call_data
;
4202 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
4203 XmScrollBarCallbackStruct
*cs
= (XmScrollBarCallbackStruct
*) call_data
;
4204 int part
= -1, whole
= 0, portion
= 0;
4208 case XmCR_DECREMENT
:
4209 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4210 part
= scroll_bar_up_arrow
;
4213 case XmCR_INCREMENT
:
4214 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4215 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4218 case XmCR_PAGE_DECREMENT
:
4219 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4220 part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
4223 case XmCR_PAGE_INCREMENT
:
4224 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4225 part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4229 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4230 part
= scroll_bar_to_top
;
4233 case XmCR_TO_BOTTOM
:
4234 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4235 part
= scroll_bar_to_bottom
;
4242 /* Get the slider size. */
4244 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XmNsliderSize
, &slider_size
, NULL
);
4247 whole
= XM_SB_MAX
- slider_size
;
4248 portion
= min (cs
->value
, whole
);
4249 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4250 bar
->dragging
= make_number (cs
->value
);
4254 case XmCR_VALUE_CHANGED
:
4260 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4261 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4262 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4267 #else /* !USE_MOTIF, i.e. Xaw or GTK */
4269 /* Scroll bar callback for GTK scroll bars. WIDGET is the scroll
4270 bar widget. DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure. */
4273 xg_scroll_callback (widget
, data
)
4277 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) data
;
4283 int part
= -1, whole
= 0, portion
= 0;
4284 GtkAdjustment
*adj
= GTK_ADJUSTMENT (gtk_range_get_adjustment (widget
));
4286 position
= gtk_adjustment_get_value (adj
);
4288 p
= g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (widget
), XG_LAST_SB_DATA
);
4291 p
= (gdouble
*) xmalloc (sizeof (gdouble
));
4293 g_object_set_data (G_OBJECT (widget
), XG_LAST_SB_DATA
, p
);
4299 if (xg_ignore_gtk_scrollbar
) return;
4301 diff
= (int) (position
- previous
);
4303 if (diff
== (int) adj
->step_increment
)
4305 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4306 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4308 else if (-diff
== (int) adj
->step_increment
)
4310 part
= scroll_bar_up_arrow
;
4311 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4313 else if (diff
== (int) adj
->page_increment
)
4315 part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4316 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4318 else if (-diff
== (int) adj
->page_increment
)
4320 part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
4321 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4325 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4326 whole
= adj
->upper
- adj
->page_size
;
4327 portion
= min ((int)position
, whole
);
4328 bar
->dragging
= make_number ((int)portion
);
4333 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4334 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4335 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4339 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4341 /* Xaw scroll bar callback. Invoked when the thumb is dragged.
4342 WIDGET is the scroll bar widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the
4343 scroll bar struct. CALL_DATA is a pointer to a float saying where
4347 xaw_jump_callback (widget
, client_data
, call_data
)
4349 XtPointer client_data
, call_data
;
4351 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
4352 float top
= *(float *) call_data
;
4354 int whole
, portion
, height
;
4357 /* Get the size of the thumb, a value between 0 and 1. */
4359 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNshown
, &shown
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
4363 portion
= shown
< 1 ? top
* whole
: 0;
4365 if (shown
< 1 && (abs (top
+ shown
- 1) < 1.0/height
))
4366 /* Some derivatives of Xaw refuse to shrink the thumb when you reach
4367 the bottom, so we force the scrolling whenever we see that we're
4368 too close to the bottom (in x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb
4369 we try to ensure that we always stay two pixels away from the
4371 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4373 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4375 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4376 bar
->dragging
= make_number (portion
);
4377 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4378 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4382 /* Xaw scroll bar callback. Invoked for incremental scrolling.,
4383 i.e. line or page up or down. WIDGET is the Xaw scroll bar
4384 widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure for
4385 the scroll bar. CALL_DATA is an integer specifying the action that
4386 has taken place. Its magnitude is in the range 0..height of the
4387 scroll bar. Negative values mean scroll towards buffer start.
4388 Values < height of scroll bar mean line-wise movement. */
4391 xaw_scroll_callback (widget
, client_data
, call_data
)
4393 XtPointer client_data
, call_data
;
4395 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
4396 /* The position really is stored cast to a pointer. */
4397 int position
= (long) call_data
;
4401 /* Get the height of the scroll bar. */
4403 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
4406 if (abs (position
) >= height
)
4407 part
= (position
< 0) ? scroll_bar_above_handle
: scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4409 /* If Xaw3d was compiled with ARROW_SCROLLBAR,
4410 it maps line-movement to call_data = max(5, height/20). */
4411 else if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
&& abs (position
) <= max (5, height
/ 20))
4412 part
= (position
< 0) ? scroll_bar_up_arrow
: scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4414 part
= scroll_bar_move_ratio
;
4416 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4417 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4418 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4419 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, position
, height
);
4422 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4423 #endif /* not USE_MOTIF */
4425 #define SCROLL_BAR_NAME "verticalScrollBar"
4427 /* Create the widget for scroll bar BAR on frame F. Record the widget
4428 and X window of the scroll bar in BAR. */
4432 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (f
, bar
)
4434 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4436 char *scroll_bar_name
= SCROLL_BAR_NAME
;
4439 xg_create_scroll_bar (f
, bar
, G_CALLBACK (xg_scroll_callback
),
4444 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4447 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (f
, bar
)
4449 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4455 char *scroll_bar_name
= SCROLL_BAR_NAME
;
4456 unsigned long pixel
;
4461 /* Set resources. Create the widget. */
4462 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNmappedWhenManaged
, False
); ++ac
;
4463 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNminimum
, 0); ++ac
;
4464 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNmaximum
, XM_SB_MAX
); ++ac
;
4465 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNorientation
, XmVERTICAL
); ++ac
;
4466 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNprocessingDirection
, XmMAX_ON_BOTTOM
), ++ac
;
4467 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNincrement
, 1); ++ac
;
4468 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNpageIncrement
, 1); ++ac
;
4470 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
;
4473 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNforeground
, pixel
);
4477 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4480 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNbackground
, pixel
);
4484 widget
= XmCreateScrollBar (f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
,
4485 scroll_bar_name
, av
, ac
);
4487 /* Add one callback for everything that can happen. */
4488 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNdecrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4490 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNdragCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4492 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNincrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4494 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNpageDecrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4496 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNpageIncrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4498 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNtoBottomCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4500 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNtoTopCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4503 /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */
4504 XtRealizeWidget (widget
);
4506 /* Set the cursor to an arrow. I didn't find a resource to do that.
4507 And I'm wondering why it hasn't an arrow cursor by default. */
4508 XDefineCursor (XtDisplay (widget
), XtWindow (widget
),
4509 f
->output_data
.x
->nontext_cursor
);
4511 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4513 /* Set resources. Create the widget. The background of the
4514 Xaw3d scroll bar widget is a little bit light for my taste.
4515 We don't alter it here to let users change it according
4516 to their taste with `emacs*verticalScrollBar.background: xxx'. */
4517 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNmappedWhenManaged
, False
); ++ac
;
4518 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNorientation
, XtorientVertical
); ++ac
;
4519 /* For smoother scrolling with Xaw3d -sm */
4520 /* XtSetArg (av[ac], XtNpickTop, True); ++ac; */
4522 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
;
4525 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNforeground
, pixel
);
4529 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4532 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbackground
, pixel
);
4536 /* Top/bottom shadow colors. */
4538 /* Allocate them, if necessary. */
4539 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4541 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4542 if (!x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
),
4543 &pixel
, 1.2, 0x8000))
4545 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
= pixel
;
4547 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4549 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4550 if (!x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
),
4551 &pixel
, 0.6, 0x4000))
4553 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
= pixel
;
4556 /* Tell the toolkit about them. */
4557 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
== -1
4558 || f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4559 /* We tried to allocate a color for the top/bottom shadow, and
4560 failed, so tell Xaw3d to use dithering instead. */
4562 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbeNiceToColormap
, True
);
4566 /* Tell what colors Xaw3d should use for the top/bottom shadow, to
4567 be more consistent with other emacs 3d colors, and since Xaw3d is
4568 not good at dealing with allocation failure. */
4570 /* This tells Xaw3d to use real colors instead of dithering for
4572 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbeNiceToColormap
, False
);
4575 /* Specify the colors. */
4576 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
;
4579 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], "topShadowPixel", pixel
);
4582 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
;
4585 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], "bottomShadowPixel", pixel
);
4590 widget
= XtCreateWidget (scroll_bar_name
, scrollbarWidgetClass
,
4591 f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
, av
, ac
);
4595 char *val
= initial
;
4596 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNscrollVCursor
, (XtPointer
) &val
,
4597 XtNpickTop
, (XtPointer
) &xaw3d_pick_top
, NULL
);
4599 { /* ARROW_SCROLL */
4600 xaw3d_arrow_scroll
= True
;
4601 /* Isn't that just a personal preference ? -sm */
4602 XtVaSetValues (widget
, XtNcursorName
, "top_left_arrow", NULL
);
4606 /* Define callbacks. */
4607 XtAddCallback (widget
, XtNjumpProc
, xaw_jump_callback
, (XtPointer
) bar
);
4608 XtAddCallback (widget
, XtNscrollProc
, xaw_scroll_callback
,
4611 /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */
4612 XtRealizeWidget (widget
);
4614 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
4616 /* Install an action hook that lets us detect when the user
4617 finishes interacting with a scroll bar. */
4618 if (action_hook_id
== 0)
4619 action_hook_id
= XtAppAddActionHook (Xt_app_con
, xt_action_hook
, 0);
4621 /* Remember X window and widget in the scroll bar vector. */
4622 SET_SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (bar
, widget
);
4623 xwindow
= XtWindow (widget
);
4624 SET_SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
, xwindow
);
4628 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4631 /* Set the thumb size and position of scroll bar BAR. We are currently
4632 displaying PORTION out of a whole WHOLE, and our position POSITION. */
4636 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
)
4637 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4638 int portion
, position
, whole
;
4640 xg_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
);
4643 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4645 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
)
4646 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4647 int portion
, position
, whole
;
4649 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
4650 Widget widget
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
);
4657 /* We use an estimate of 30 chars per line rather than the real
4658 `portion' value. This has the disadvantage that the thumb size
4659 is not very representative, but it makes our life a lot easier.
4660 Otherwise, we have to constantly adjust the thumb size, which
4661 we can't always do quickly enough: while dragging, the size of
4662 the thumb might prevent the user from dragging the thumb all the
4663 way to the end. but Motif and some versions of Xaw3d don't allow
4664 updating the thumb size while dragging. Also, even if we can update
4665 its size, the update will often happen too late.
4666 If you don't believe it, check out revision 1.650 of xterm.c to see
4667 what hoops we were going through and the still poor behavior we got. */
4668 portion
= WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)) * 30;
4669 /* When the thumb is at the bottom, position == whole.
4670 So we need to increase `whole' to make space for the thumb. */
4677 top
= (float) position
/ whole
;
4678 shown
= (float) portion
/ whole
;
4681 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
4685 /* Slider size. Must be in the range [1 .. MAX - MIN] where MAX
4686 is the scroll bar's maximum and MIN is the scroll bar's minimum
4688 size
= shown
* XM_SB_MAX
;
4689 size
= min (size
, XM_SB_MAX
);
4690 size
= max (size
, 1);
4692 /* Position. Must be in the range [MIN .. MAX - SLIDER_SIZE]. */
4693 value
= top
* XM_SB_MAX
;
4694 value
= min (value
, XM_SB_MAX
- size
);
4696 XmScrollBarSetValues (widget
, value
, size
, 0, 0, False
);
4698 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4704 top
= (float) position
/ whole
;
4705 shown
= (float) portion
/ whole
;
4709 float old_top
, old_shown
;
4711 XtVaGetValues (widget
,
4712 XtNtopOfThumb
, &old_top
,
4713 XtNshown
, &old_shown
,
4717 /* Massage the top+shown values. */
4718 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
) || last_scroll_bar_part
== scroll_bar_down_arrow
)
4719 top
= max (0, min (1, top
));
4722 /* Keep two pixels available for moving the thumb down. */
4723 shown
= max (0, min (1 - top
- (2.0 / height
), shown
));
4725 /* If the call to XawScrollbarSetThumb below doesn't seem to work,
4726 check that your system's configuration file contains a define
4727 for `NARROWPROTO'. See s/freebsd.h for an example. */
4728 if (top
!= old_top
|| shown
!= old_shown
)
4730 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
4731 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
4735 ScrollbarWidget sb
= (ScrollbarWidget
) widget
;
4736 int scroll_mode
= 0;
4738 /* `scroll_mode' only exists with Xaw3d + ARROW_SCROLLBAR. */
4739 if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
)
4741 /* Xaw3d stupidly ignores resize requests while dragging
4742 so we have to make it believe it's not in dragging mode. */
4743 scroll_mode
= sb
->scrollbar
.scroll_mode
;
4744 if (scroll_mode
== 2)
4745 sb
->scrollbar
.scroll_mode
= 0;
4748 /* Try to make the scrolling a tad smoother. */
4749 if (!xaw3d_pick_top
)
4750 shown
= min (shown
, old_shown
);
4752 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
4755 if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
&& scroll_mode
== 2)
4756 sb
->scrollbar
.scroll_mode
= scroll_mode
;
4761 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
4765 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4767 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4771 /************************************************************************
4772 Scroll bars, general
4773 ************************************************************************/
4775 /* Create a scroll bar and return the scroll bar vector for it. W is
4776 the Emacs window on which to create the scroll bar. TOP, LEFT,
4777 WIDTH and HEIGHT are the pixel coordinates and dimensions of the
4780 static struct scroll_bar
*
4781 x_scroll_bar_create (w
, top
, left
, width
, height
)
4783 int top
, left
, width
, height
;
4785 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4786 struct scroll_bar
*bar
4787 = XSCROLL_BAR (Fmake_vector (make_number (SCROLL_BAR_VEC_SIZE
), Qnil
));
4791 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4792 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (f
, bar
);
4793 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4795 XSetWindowAttributes a
;
4799 a
.background_pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4800 if (a
.background_pixel
== -1)
4801 a
.background_pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->background_pixel
;
4803 a
.event_mask
= (ButtonPressMask
| ButtonReleaseMask
4804 | ButtonMotionMask
| PointerMotionHintMask
4806 a
.cursor
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor
;
4808 mask
= (CWBackPixel
| CWEventMask
| CWCursor
);
4810 /* Clear the area of W that will serve as a scroll bar. This is
4811 for the case that a window has been split horizontally. In
4812 this case, no clear_frame is generated to reduce flickering. */
4813 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
4814 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
4816 window_box_height (w
), False
);
4818 window
= XCreateWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
4819 /* Position and size of scroll bar. */
4820 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
4822 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
4824 /* Border width, depth, class, and visual. */
4831 SET_SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
, window
);
4833 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4835 XSETWINDOW (bar
->window
, w
);
4836 XSETINT (bar
->top
, top
);
4837 XSETINT (bar
->left
, left
);
4838 XSETINT (bar
->width
, width
);
4839 XSETINT (bar
->height
, height
);
4840 XSETINT (bar
->start
, 0);
4841 XSETINT (bar
->end
, 0);
4842 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4844 /* Add bar to its frame's list of scroll bars. */
4845 bar
->next
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
4847 XSETVECTOR (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), bar
);
4848 if (!NILP (bar
->next
))
4849 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
, bar
);
4851 /* Map the window/widget. */
4852 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4855 xg_update_scrollbar_pos (f
,
4856 SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
),
4858 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
4859 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
4861 xg_show_scroll_bar (SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
));
4862 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4863 Widget scroll_bar
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
);
4864 XtConfigureWidget (scroll_bar
,
4865 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
4867 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
4868 max (height
, 1), 0);
4869 XtMapWidget (scroll_bar
);
4870 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4872 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4873 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
));
4874 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4881 /* Draw BAR's handle in the proper position.
4883 If the handle is already drawn from START to END, don't bother
4884 redrawing it, unless REBUILD is non-zero; in that case, always
4885 redraw it. (REBUILD is handy for drawing the handle after expose
4888 Normally, we want to constrain the start and end of the handle to
4889 fit inside its rectangle, but if the user is dragging the scroll
4890 bar handle, we want to let them drag it down all the way, so that
4891 the bar's top is as far down as it goes; otherwise, there's no way
4892 to move to the very end of the buffer. */
4894 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4897 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, start
, end
, rebuild
)
4898 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4902 int dragging
= ! NILP (bar
->dragging
);
4903 Window w
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
);
4904 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
4905 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
4907 /* If the display is already accurate, do nothing. */
4909 && start
== XINT (bar
->start
)
4910 && end
== XINT (bar
->end
))
4916 int inside_width
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_WIDTH (f
, XINT (bar
->width
));
4917 int inside_height
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (f
, XINT (bar
->height
));
4918 int top_range
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, XINT (bar
->height
));
4920 /* Make sure the values are reasonable, and try to preserve
4921 the distance between start and end. */
4923 int length
= end
- start
;
4927 else if (start
> top_range
)
4929 end
= start
+ length
;
4933 else if (end
> top_range
&& ! dragging
)
4937 /* Store the adjusted setting in the scroll bar. */
4938 XSETINT (bar
->start
, start
);
4939 XSETINT (bar
->end
, end
);
4941 /* Clip the end position, just for display. */
4942 if (end
> top_range
)
4945 /* Draw bottom positions VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE pixels
4946 below top positions, to make sure the handle is always at least
4947 that many pixels tall. */
4948 end
+= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
;
4950 /* Draw the empty space above the handle. Note that we can't clear
4951 zero-height areas; that means "clear to end of window." */
4953 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
4954 /* x, y, width, height, and exposures. */
4955 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
4956 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
,
4957 inside_width
, start
,
4960 /* Change to proper foreground color if one is specified. */
4961 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
4962 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
4963 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
4965 /* Draw the handle itself. */
4966 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
, gc
,
4967 /* x, y, width, height */
4968 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
4969 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
+ start
,
4970 inside_width
, end
- start
);
4972 /* Restore the foreground color of the GC if we changed it above. */
4973 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
4974 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
4975 f
->output_data
.x
->foreground_pixel
);
4977 /* Draw the empty space below the handle. Note that we can't
4978 clear zero-height areas; that means "clear to end of window." */
4979 if (end
< inside_height
)
4980 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
4981 /* x, y, width, height, and exposures. */
4982 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
4983 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
+ end
,
4984 inside_width
, inside_height
- end
,
4992 #endif /* !USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4994 /* Destroy scroll bar BAR, and set its Emacs window's scroll bar to
4998 x_scroll_bar_remove (bar
)
4999 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5001 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5004 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5006 xg_remove_scroll_bar (f
, SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
));
5007 #else /* not USE_GTK */
5008 XtDestroyWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
));
5009 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
5011 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
));
5014 /* Disassociate this scroll bar from its window. */
5015 XWINDOW (bar
->window
)->vertical_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
5021 /* Set the handle of the vertical scroll bar for WINDOW to indicate
5022 that we are displaying PORTION characters out of a total of WHOLE
5023 characters, starting at POSITION. If WINDOW has no scroll bar,
5027 XTset_vertical_scroll_bar (w
, portion
, whole
, position
)
5029 int portion
, whole
, position
;
5031 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
5032 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5033 int top
, height
, left
, sb_left
, width
, sb_width
;
5034 int window_y
, window_height
;
5036 /* Get window dimensions. */
5037 window_box (w
, -1, 0, &window_y
, 0, &window_height
);
5039 width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
5040 height
= window_height
;
5042 /* Compute the left edge of the scroll bar area. */
5043 left
= WINDOW_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_X (w
);
5045 /* Compute the width of the scroll bar which might be less than
5046 the width of the area reserved for the scroll bar. */
5047 if (WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
) > 0)
5048 sb_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
);
5052 /* Compute the left edge of the scroll bar. */
5053 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5054 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
))
5056 (WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w
)
5057 ? width
- sb_width
- (width
- sb_width
) / 2
5061 (WINDOW_LEFTMOST_P (w
)
5062 ? (width
- sb_width
) / 2
5063 : width
- sb_width
));
5065 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
))
5066 sb_left
= left
+ width
- sb_width
;
5071 /* Does the scroll bar exist yet? */
5072 if (NILP (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5074 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
5077 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5078 left
, top
, width
, height
, False
);
5082 bar
= x_scroll_bar_create (w
, top
, sb_left
, sb_width
, height
);
5086 /* It may just need to be moved and resized. */
5087 unsigned int mask
= 0;
5089 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
);
5093 if (sb_left
!= XINT (bar
->left
))
5095 if (top
!= XINT (bar
->top
))
5097 if (sb_width
!= XINT (bar
->width
))
5099 if (height
!= XINT (bar
->height
))
5102 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5104 /* Move/size the scroll bar widget. */
5107 /* Since toolkit scroll bars are smaller than the space reserved
5108 for them on the frame, we have to clear "under" them. */
5109 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
5110 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5111 left
, top
, width
, height
, False
);
5113 xg_update_scrollbar_pos (f
,
5114 SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
),
5116 sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5117 sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
*2,
5119 #else /* not USE_GTK */
5120 XtConfigureWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
),
5121 sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5123 sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
5124 max (height
, 1), 0);
5125 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
5127 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5129 /* Clear areas not covered by the scroll bar because of
5130 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM. */
5131 if (VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
)
5133 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5134 left
, top
, VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5136 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5137 left
+ width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5138 top
, VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5142 /* Clear areas not covered by the scroll bar because it's not as
5143 wide as the area reserved for it. This makes sure a
5144 previous mode line display is cleared after C-x 2 C-x 1, for
5147 int area_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
5148 int rest
= area_width
- sb_width
;
5149 if (rest
> 0 && height
> 0)
5151 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_LEFT (w
))
5152 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5153 left
+ area_width
- rest
, top
,
5154 rest
, height
, False
);
5156 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5157 left
, top
, rest
, height
, False
);
5161 /* Move/size the scroll bar window. */
5166 wc
.x
= sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
5168 wc
.width
= sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2;
5170 XConfigureWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
),
5174 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5176 /* Remember new settings. */
5177 XSETINT (bar
->left
, sb_left
);
5178 XSETINT (bar
->top
, top
);
5179 XSETINT (bar
->width
, sb_width
);
5180 XSETINT (bar
->height
, height
);
5185 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5186 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
);
5187 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5188 /* Set the scroll bar's current state, unless we're currently being
5190 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5192 int top_range
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, height
);
5195 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, 0, top_range
, 0);
5198 int start
= ((double) position
* top_range
) / whole
;
5199 int end
= ((double) (position
+ portion
) * top_range
) / whole
;
5200 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, start
, end
, 0);
5203 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5205 XSETVECTOR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
, bar
);
5209 /* The following three hooks are used when we're doing a thorough
5210 redisplay of the frame. We don't explicitly know which scroll bars
5211 are going to be deleted, because keeping track of when windows go
5212 away is a real pain - "Can you say set-window-configuration, boys
5213 and girls?" Instead, we just assert at the beginning of redisplay
5214 that *all* scroll bars are to be removed, and then save a scroll bar
5215 from the fiery pit when we actually redisplay its window. */
5217 /* Arrange for all scroll bars on FRAME to be removed at the next call
5218 to `*judge_scroll_bars_hook'. A scroll bar may be spared if
5219 `*redeem_scroll_bar_hook' is applied to its window before the judgment. */
5222 XTcondemn_scroll_bars (frame
)
5225 /* Transfer all the scroll bars to FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS. */
5226 while (! NILP (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
)))
5229 bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
);
5230 FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
) = XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
;
5231 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
);
5232 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->prev
= Qnil
;
5233 if (! NILP (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
)))
5234 XSCROLL_BAR (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
))->prev
= bar
;
5235 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
) = bar
;
5240 /* Un-mark WINDOW's scroll bar for deletion in this judgment cycle.
5241 Note that WINDOW isn't necessarily condemned at all. */
5244 XTredeem_scroll_bar (window
)
5245 struct window
*window
;
5247 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5250 /* We can't redeem this window's scroll bar if it doesn't have one. */
5251 if (NILP (window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5254 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (window
->vertical_scroll_bar
);
5256 /* Unlink it from the condemned list. */
5257 f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (window
));
5258 if (NILP (bar
->prev
))
5260 /* If the prev pointer is nil, it must be the first in one of
5262 if (EQ (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5263 /* It's not condemned. Everything's fine. */
5265 else if (EQ (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
),
5266 window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5267 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
) = bar
->next
;
5269 /* If its prev pointer is nil, it must be at the front of
5270 one or the other! */
5274 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->prev
)->next
= bar
->next
;
5276 if (! NILP (bar
->next
))
5277 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
= bar
->prev
;
5279 bar
->next
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
5281 XSETVECTOR (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), bar
);
5282 if (! NILP (bar
->next
))
5283 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
, bar
);
5286 /* Remove all scroll bars on FRAME that haven't been saved since the
5287 last call to `*condemn_scroll_bars_hook'. */
5290 XTjudge_scroll_bars (f
)
5293 Lisp_Object bar
, next
;
5295 bar
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
5297 /* Clear out the condemned list now so we won't try to process any
5298 more events on the hapless scroll bars. */
5299 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
) = Qnil
;
5301 for (; ! NILP (bar
); bar
= next
)
5303 struct scroll_bar
*b
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
5305 x_scroll_bar_remove (b
);
5308 b
->next
= b
->prev
= Qnil
;
5311 /* Now there should be no references to the condemned scroll bars,
5312 and they should get garbage-collected. */
5316 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5317 /* Handle an Expose or GraphicsExpose event on a scroll bar. This
5318 is a no-op when using toolkit scroll bars.
5320 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5324 x_scroll_bar_expose (bar
, event
)
5325 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5328 Window w
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
);
5329 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5330 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
5331 int width_trim
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
5335 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, XINT (bar
->start
), XINT (bar
->end
), 1);
5337 /* Draw a one-pixel border just inside the edges of the scroll bar. */
5338 XDrawRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
, gc
,
5340 /* x, y, width, height */
5342 XINT (bar
->width
) - 1 - width_trim
- width_trim
,
5343 XINT (bar
->height
) - 1);
5348 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5350 /* Handle a mouse click on the scroll bar BAR. If *EMACS_EVENT's kind
5351 is set to something other than NO_EVENT, it is enqueued.
5353 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5358 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, event
, emacs_event
)
5359 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5361 struct input_event
*emacs_event
;
5363 if (! GC_WINDOWP (bar
->window
))
5366 emacs_event
->kind
= SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT
;
5367 emacs_event
->code
= event
->xbutton
.button
- Button1
;
5368 emacs_event
->modifiers
5369 = (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO
5370 (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)))),
5371 event
->xbutton
.state
)
5372 | (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
5375 emacs_event
->frame_or_window
= bar
->window
;
5376 emacs_event
->arg
= Qnil
;
5377 emacs_event
->timestamp
= event
->xbutton
.time
;
5380 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5382 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (f
, XINT (bar
->height
));
5385 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, XINT (bar
->height
));
5386 int y
= event
->xbutton
.y
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
;
5389 if (y
> top_range
) y
= top_range
;
5391 if (y
< XINT (bar
->start
))
5392 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
5393 else if (y
< XINT (bar
->end
) + VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
)
5394 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5396 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
5398 /* Just because the user has clicked on the handle doesn't mean
5399 they want to drag it. Lisp code needs to be able to decide
5400 whether or not we're dragging. */
5402 /* If the user has just clicked on the handle, record where they're
5404 if (event
->type
== ButtonPress
5405 && emacs_event
->part
== scroll_bar_handle
)
5406 XSETINT (bar
->dragging
, y
- XINT (bar
->start
));
5409 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5410 /* If the user has released the handle, set it to its final position. */
5411 if (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
5412 && ! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5414 int new_start
= y
- XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5415 int new_end
= new_start
+ (XINT (bar
->end
) - XINT (bar
->start
));
5417 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, new_start
, new_end
, 0);
5418 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
5422 /* Same deal here as the other #if 0. */
5424 /* Clicks on the handle are always reported as occurring at the top of
5426 if (emacs_event
->part
== scroll_bar_handle
)
5427 emacs_event
->x
= bar
->start
;
5429 XSETINT (emacs_event
->x
, y
);
5431 XSETINT (emacs_event
->x
, y
);
5434 XSETINT (emacs_event
->y
, top_range
);
5438 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5440 /* Handle some mouse motion while someone is dragging the scroll bar.
5442 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5446 x_scroll_bar_note_movement (bar
, event
)
5447 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5450 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)->frame
);
5452 last_mouse_movement_time
= event
->xmotion
.time
;
5455 XSETVECTOR (last_mouse_scroll_bar
, bar
);
5457 /* If we're dragging the bar, display it. */
5458 if (! GC_NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5460 /* Where should the handle be now? */
5461 int new_start
= event
->xmotion
.y
- XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5463 if (new_start
!= XINT (bar
->start
))
5465 int new_end
= new_start
+ (XINT (bar
->end
) - XINT (bar
->start
));
5467 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, new_start
, new_end
, 0);
5472 #endif /* !USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5474 /* Return information to the user about the current position of the mouse
5475 on the scroll bar. */
5478 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (fp
, bar_window
, part
, x
, y
, time
)
5480 Lisp_Object
*bar_window
;
5481 enum scroll_bar_part
*part
;
5483 unsigned long *time
;
5485 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (last_mouse_scroll_bar
);
5486 Window w
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
);
5487 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5489 Window dummy_window
;
5491 unsigned int dummy_mask
;
5495 /* Get the mouse's position relative to the scroll bar window, and
5497 if (! XQueryPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
5499 /* Root, child, root x and root y. */
5500 &dummy_window
, &dummy_window
,
5501 &dummy_coord
, &dummy_coord
,
5503 /* Position relative to scroll bar. */
5506 /* Mouse buttons and modifier keys. */
5513 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (f
, XINT (bar
->height
));
5516 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, XINT (bar
->height
));
5518 win_y
-= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
;
5520 if (! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5521 win_y
-= XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5525 if (win_y
> top_range
)
5529 *bar_window
= bar
->window
;
5531 if (! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5532 *part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5533 else if (win_y
< XINT (bar
->start
))
5534 *part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
5535 else if (win_y
< XINT (bar
->end
) + VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
)
5536 *part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5538 *part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
5540 XSETINT (*x
, win_y
);
5541 XSETINT (*y
, top_range
);
5544 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
5547 *time
= last_mouse_movement_time
;
5553 /* The screen has been cleared so we may have changed foreground or
5554 background colors, and the scroll bars may need to be redrawn.
5555 Clear out the scroll bars, and ask for expose events, so we can
5559 x_scroll_bar_clear (f
)
5562 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5565 /* We can have scroll bars even if this is 0,
5566 if we just turned off scroll bar mode.
5567 But in that case we should not clear them. */
5568 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
))
5569 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
); VECTORP (bar
);
5570 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
)
5571 XClearArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5572 SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)),
5574 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5578 /* The main X event-reading loop - XTread_socket. */
5581 /* Time stamp of enter window event. This is only used by XTread_socket,
5582 but we have to put it out here, since static variables within functions
5583 sometimes don't work. */
5585 static Time enter_timestamp
;
5588 /* This holds the state XLookupString needs to implement dead keys
5589 and other tricks known as "compose processing". _X Window System_
5590 says that a portable program can't use this, but Stephen Gildea assures
5591 me that letting the compiler initialize it to zeros will work okay.
5593 This must be defined outside of XTread_socket, for the same reasons
5594 given for enter_timestamp, above. */
5596 static XComposeStatus compose_status
;
5598 /* Record the last 100 characters stored
5599 to help debug the loss-of-chars-during-GC problem. */
5601 static int temp_index
;
5602 static short temp_buffer
[100];
5604 #define STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG(keysym) \
5605 if (temp_index == sizeof temp_buffer / sizeof (short)) \
5607 temp_buffer[temp_index++] = (keysym)
5609 /* Set this to nonzero to fake an "X I/O error"
5610 on a particular display. */
5612 struct x_display_info
*XTread_socket_fake_io_error
;
5614 /* When we find no input here, we occasionally do a no-op command
5615 to verify that the X server is still running and we can still talk with it.
5616 We try all the open displays, one by one.
5617 This variable is used for cycling thru the displays. */
5619 static struct x_display_info
*next_noop_dpyinfo
;
5621 #define SET_SAVED_MENU_EVENT(size) \
5624 if (f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event == 0) \
5625 f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event \
5626 = (XEvent *) xmalloc (sizeof (XEvent)); \
5627 bcopy (&event, f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event, size); \
5628 inev.ie.kind = MENU_BAR_ACTIVATE_EVENT; \
5629 XSETFRAME (inev.ie.frame_or_window, f); \
5633 #define SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT SET_SAVED_MENU_EVENT (sizeof (XButtonEvent))
5634 #define SET_SAVED_KEY_EVENT SET_SAVED_MENU_EVENT (sizeof (XKeyEvent))
5644 /* Filter events for the current X input method.
5645 DPYINFO is the display this event is for.
5646 EVENT is the X event to filter.
5648 Returns non-zero if the event was filtered, caller shall not process
5650 Returns zero if event is wasn't filtered. */
5654 x_filter_event (dpyinfo
, event
)
5655 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
5658 /* XFilterEvent returns non-zero if the input method has
5659 consumed the event. We pass the frame's X window to
5660 XFilterEvent because that's the one for which the IC
5663 struct frame
*f1
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5664 event
->xclient
.window
);
5666 return XFilterEvent (event
, f1
? FRAME_X_WINDOW (f1
) : None
);
5671 static int current_count
;
5672 static int current_finish
;
5673 static struct input_event
*current_hold_quit
;
5675 /* This is the filter function invoked by the GTK event loop.
5676 It is invoked before the XEvent is translated to a GdkEvent,
5677 so we have a chance to act on the event before GTK. */
5678 static GdkFilterReturn
5679 event_handler_gdk (gxev
, ev
, data
)
5684 XEvent
*xev
= (XEvent
*) gxev
;
5686 if (current_count
>= 0)
5688 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
5690 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (xev
->xany
.display
);
5693 /* Filter events for the current X input method.
5694 GTK calls XFilterEvent but not for key press and release,
5695 so we do it here. */
5696 if (xev
->type
== KeyPress
|| xev
->type
== KeyRelease
)
5697 if (dpyinfo
&& x_filter_event (dpyinfo
, xev
))
5698 return GDK_FILTER_REMOVE
;
5702 current_finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
5706 handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, xev
, ¤t_finish
,
5711 current_finish
= x_dispatch_event (xev
, xev
->xany
.display
);
5713 if (current_finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
|| current_finish
== X_EVENT_DROP
)
5714 return GDK_FILTER_REMOVE
;
5716 return GDK_FILTER_CONTINUE
;
5718 #endif /* USE_GTK */
5721 /* Handles the XEvent EVENT on display DPYINFO.
5723 *FINISH is X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT if caller should stop reading events.
5724 *FINISH is zero if caller should continue reading events.
5725 *FINISH is X_EVENT_DROP if event should not be passed to the toolkit.
5727 We return the number of characters stored into the buffer. */
5730 handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, eventp
, finish
, hold_quit
)
5731 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
5734 struct input_event
*hold_quit
;
5737 struct input_event ie
;
5738 struct selection_input_event sie
;
5744 struct coding_system coding
;
5745 XEvent event
= *eventp
;
5747 *finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
5749 EVENT_INIT (inev
.ie
);
5750 inev
.ie
.kind
= NO_EVENT
;
5757 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5758 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_protocols
5759 && event
.xclient
.format
== 32)
5761 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
5762 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_take_focus
)
5764 /* Use x_any_window_to_frame because this
5765 could be the shell widget window
5766 if the frame has no title bar. */
5767 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5769 /* Not quite sure this is needed -pd */
5770 if (f
&& FRAME_XIC (f
))
5771 XSetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (f
));
5773 #if 0 /* Emacs sets WM hints whose `input' field is `true'. This
5774 instructs the WM to set the input focus automatically for
5775 Emacs with a call to XSetInputFocus. Setting WM_TAKE_FOCUS
5776 tells the WM to send us a ClientMessage WM_TAKE_FOCUS after
5777 it has set the focus. So, XSetInputFocus below is not
5780 The call to XSetInputFocus below has also caused trouble. In
5781 cases where the XSetInputFocus done by the WM and the one
5782 below are temporally close (on a fast machine), the call
5783 below can generate additional FocusIn events which confuse
5786 /* Since we set WM_TAKE_FOCUS, we must call
5787 XSetInputFocus explicitly. But not if f is null,
5788 since that might be an event for a deleted frame. */
5791 Display
*d
= event
.xclient
.display
;
5792 /* Catch and ignore errors, in case window has been
5793 iconified by a window manager such as GWM. */
5794 int count
= x_catch_errors (d
);
5795 XSetInputFocus (d
, event
.xclient
.window
,
5796 /* The ICCCM says this is
5797 the only valid choice. */
5799 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1]);
5800 /* This is needed to detect the error
5801 if there is an error. */
5803 x_uncatch_errors (d
, count
);
5805 /* Not certain about handling scroll bars here */
5810 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
5811 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_save_yourself
)
5813 /* Save state modify the WM_COMMAND property to
5814 something which can reinstate us. This notifies
5815 the session manager, who's looking for such a
5816 PropertyNotify. Can restart processing when
5817 a keyboard or mouse event arrives. */
5818 /* If we have a session manager, don't set this.
5819 KDE will then start two Emacsen, one for the
5820 session manager and one for this. */
5822 if (! x_session_have_connection ())
5825 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5826 event
.xclient
.window
);
5827 /* This is just so we only give real data once
5828 for a single Emacs process. */
5829 if (f
== SELECTED_FRAME ())
5830 XSetCommand (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5831 event
.xclient
.window
,
5832 initial_argv
, initial_argc
);
5834 XSetCommand (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5835 event
.xclient
.window
,
5841 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
5842 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_delete_window
)
5844 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5845 event
.xclient
.window
);
5847 goto OTHER
; /* May be a dialog that is to be removed */
5849 inev
.ie
.kind
= DELETE_WINDOW_EVENT
;
5850 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
5857 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5858 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_configure_denied
)
5863 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5864 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_window_moved
)
5867 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5869 new_x
= event
.xclient
.data
.s
[0];
5870 new_y
= event
.xclient
.data
.s
[1];
5874 f
->left_pos
= new_x
;
5881 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5882 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_editres
)
5884 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5885 _XEditResCheckMessages (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, NULL
,
5889 #endif /* HACK_EDITRES */
5891 if ((event
.xclient
.message_type
5892 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_DONE
)
5893 || (event
.xclient
.message_type
5894 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_PAGE
))
5896 /* Ghostview job completed. Kill it. We could
5897 reply with "Next" if we received "Page", but we
5898 currently never do because we are interested in
5899 images, only, which should have 1 page. */
5900 Pixmap pixmap
= (Pixmap
) event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1];
5901 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5902 x_kill_gs_process (pixmap
, f
);
5903 expose_frame (f
, 0, 0, 0, 0);
5907 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5908 /* Scroll bar callbacks send a ClientMessage from which
5909 we construct an input_event. */
5910 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5911 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_Scrollbar
)
5913 x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (&event
, &inev
.ie
);
5914 *finish
= X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
;
5917 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5919 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5924 if (x_handle_dnd_message (f
, &event
.xclient
, dpyinfo
, &inev
.ie
))
5925 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
5929 case SelectionNotify
:
5930 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
5931 if (! x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselection
.requestor
))
5933 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
5934 x_handle_selection_notify (&event
.xselection
);
5937 case SelectionClear
: /* Someone has grabbed ownership. */
5938 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
5939 if (! x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselectionclear
.window
))
5941 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
5943 XSelectionClearEvent
*eventp
= (XSelectionClearEvent
*) &event
;
5945 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECTION_CLEAR_EVENT
;
5946 SELECTION_EVENT_DISPLAY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->display
;
5947 SELECTION_EVENT_SELECTION (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->selection
;
5948 SELECTION_EVENT_TIME (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->time
;
5949 inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
= Qnil
;
5953 case SelectionRequest
: /* Someone wants our selection. */
5954 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
5955 if (!x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselectionrequest
.owner
))
5957 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
5959 XSelectionRequestEvent
*eventp
5960 = (XSelectionRequestEvent
*) &event
;
5962 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECTION_REQUEST_EVENT
;
5963 SELECTION_EVENT_DISPLAY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->display
;
5964 SELECTION_EVENT_REQUESTOR (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->requestor
;
5965 SELECTION_EVENT_SELECTION (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->selection
;
5966 SELECTION_EVENT_TARGET (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->target
;
5967 SELECTION_EVENT_PROPERTY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->property
;
5968 SELECTION_EVENT_TIME (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->time
;
5969 inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
= Qnil
;
5973 case PropertyNotify
:
5974 #if 0 /* This is plain wrong. In the case that we are waiting for a
5975 PropertyNotify used as an ACK in incremental selection
5976 transfer, the property will be on the receiver's window. */
5977 #if defined USE_X_TOOLKIT
5978 if (!x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xproperty
.window
))
5982 x_handle_property_notify (&event
.xproperty
);
5985 case ReparentNotify
:
5986 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xreparent
.window
);
5990 f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
= event
.xreparent
.parent
;
5991 x_real_positions (f
, &x
, &y
);
5995 /* Perhaps reparented due to a WM restart. Reset this. */
5996 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
;
6001 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xexpose
.window
);
6004 x_check_fullscreen (f
);
6007 /* This seems to be needed for GTK 2.6. */
6008 x_clear_area (event
.xexpose
.display
,
6009 event
.xexpose
.window
,
6010 event
.xexpose
.x
, event
.xexpose
.y
,
6011 event
.xexpose
.width
, event
.xexpose
.height
,
6014 if (f
->async_visible
== 0)
6016 f
->async_visible
= 1;
6017 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
6018 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= 1;
6019 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6023 event
.xexpose
.x
, event
.xexpose
.y
,
6024 event
.xexpose
.width
, event
.xexpose
.height
);
6028 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6029 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
6031 #if defined USE_LUCID
6032 /* Submenus of the Lucid menu bar aren't widgets
6033 themselves, so there's no way to dispatch events
6034 to them. Recognize this case separately. */
6037 = x_window_to_menu_bar (event
.xexpose
.window
);
6039 xlwmenu_redisplay (widget
);
6041 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
6043 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6044 /* Dispatch event to the widget. */
6046 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6047 bar
= x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xexpose
.display
,
6048 event
.xexpose
.window
);
6051 x_scroll_bar_expose (bar
, &event
);
6052 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6055 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6056 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6060 case GraphicsExpose
: /* This occurs when an XCopyArea's
6061 source area was obscured or not
6063 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xgraphicsexpose
.drawable
);
6067 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.x
, event
.xgraphicsexpose
.y
,
6068 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.width
,
6069 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.height
);
6071 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6074 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6077 case NoExpose
: /* This occurs when an XCopyArea's
6078 source area was completely
6083 /* Redo the mouse-highlight after the tooltip has gone. */
6084 if (event
.xmap
.window
== tip_window
)
6087 redo_mouse_highlight ();
6090 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xunmap
.window
);
6091 if (f
) /* F may no longer exist if
6092 the frame was deleted. */
6094 /* While a frame is unmapped, display generation is
6095 disabled; you don't want to spend time updating a
6096 display that won't ever be seen. */
6097 f
->async_visible
= 0;
6098 /* We can't distinguish, from the event, whether the window
6099 has become iconified or invisible. So assume, if it
6100 was previously visible, than now it is iconified.
6101 But x_make_frame_invisible clears both
6102 the visible flag and the iconified flag;
6103 and that way, we know the window is not iconified now. */
6104 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) || FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
))
6106 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
6108 inev
.ie
.kind
= ICONIFY_EVENT
;
6109 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6115 if (event
.xmap
.window
== tip_window
)
6116 /* The tooltip has been drawn already. Avoid
6117 the SET_FRAME_GARBAGED below. */
6120 /* We use x_top_window_to_frame because map events can
6121 come for sub-windows and they don't mean that the
6122 frame is visible. */
6123 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xmap
.window
);
6126 /* wait_reading_process_output will notice this and update
6127 the frame's display structures.
6128 If we where iconified, we should not set garbaged,
6129 because that stops redrawing on Expose events. This looks
6130 bad if we are called from a recursive event loop
6131 (x_dispatch_event), for example when a dialog is up. */
6132 if (! f
->async_iconified
)
6133 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6135 f
->async_visible
= 1;
6136 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
6137 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= 1;
6141 inev
.ie
.kind
= DEICONIFY_EVENT
;
6142 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6144 else if (! NILP (Vframe_list
)
6145 && ! NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list
)))
6146 /* Force a redisplay sooner or later
6147 to update the frame titles
6148 in case this is the second frame. */
6149 record_asynch_buffer_change ();
6155 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6157 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6158 /* Dispatch KeyPress events when in menu. */
6159 if (popup_activated ())
6163 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xkey
.window
);
6165 if (!dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
&& INTEGERP (Vmouse_highlight
))
6167 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
6168 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 1;
6171 #if defined USE_MOTIF && defined USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6174 /* Scroll bars consume key events, but we want
6175 the keys to go to the scroll bar's frame. */
6176 Widget widget
= XtWindowToWidget (dpyinfo
->display
,
6178 if (widget
&& XmIsScrollBar (widget
))
6180 widget
= XtParent (widget
);
6181 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, XtWindow (widget
));
6184 #endif /* USE_MOTIF and USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6188 KeySym keysym
, orig_keysym
;
6189 /* al%imercury@uunet.uu.net says that making this 81
6190 instead of 80 fixed a bug whereby meta chars made
6193 It seems that some version of XmbLookupString has
6194 a bug of not returning XBufferOverflow in
6195 status_return even if the input is too long to
6196 fit in 81 bytes. So, we must prepare sufficient
6197 bytes for copy_buffer. 513 bytes (256 chars for
6198 two-byte character set) seems to be a fairly good
6199 approximation. -- 2000.8.10 handa@etl.go.jp */
6200 unsigned char copy_buffer
[513];
6201 unsigned char *copy_bufptr
= copy_buffer
;
6202 int copy_bufsiz
= sizeof (copy_buffer
);
6204 Lisp_Object coding_system
= Qlatin_1
;
6208 /* Don't pass keys to GTK. A Tab will shift focus to the
6209 tool bar in GTK 2.4. Keys will still go to menus and
6210 dialogs because in that case popup_activated is TRUE
6212 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6216 |= x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
6217 extra_keyboard_modifiers
);
6218 modifiers
= event
.xkey
.state
;
6220 /* This will have to go some day... */
6222 /* make_lispy_event turns chars into control chars.
6223 Don't do it here because XLookupString is too eager. */
6224 event
.xkey
.state
&= ~ControlMask
;
6225 event
.xkey
.state
&= ~(dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
6226 | dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
6227 | dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
6228 | dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
);
6230 /* In case Meta is ComposeCharacter,
6231 clear its status. According to Markus Ehrnsperger
6232 Markus.Ehrnsperger@lehrstuhl-bross.physik.uni-muenchen.de
6233 this enables ComposeCharacter to work whether or
6234 not it is combined with Meta. */
6235 if (modifiers
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
6236 bzero (&compose_status
, sizeof (compose_status
));
6241 Status status_return
;
6243 coding_system
= Vlocale_coding_system
;
6244 nbytes
= XmbLookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6245 &event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6246 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6248 if (status_return
== XBufferOverflow
)
6250 copy_bufsiz
= nbytes
+ 1;
6251 copy_bufptr
= (char *) alloca (copy_bufsiz
);
6252 nbytes
= XmbLookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6253 &event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6254 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6257 /* Xutf8LookupString is a new but already deprecated interface. -stef */
6258 #if 0 && defined X_HAVE_UTF8_STRING
6259 else if (status_return
== XLookupKeySym
)
6260 { /* Try again but with utf-8. */
6261 coding_system
= Qutf_8
;
6262 nbytes
= Xutf8LookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6263 &event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6264 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6266 if (status_return
== XBufferOverflow
)
6268 copy_bufsiz
= nbytes
+ 1;
6269 copy_bufptr
= (char *) alloca (copy_bufsiz
);
6270 nbytes
= Xutf8LookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6273 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6279 if (status_return
== XLookupNone
)
6281 else if (status_return
== XLookupChars
)
6286 else if (status_return
!= XLookupKeySym
6287 && status_return
!= XLookupBoth
)
6291 nbytes
= XLookupString (&event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6292 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6295 nbytes
= XLookupString (&event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6296 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6300 /* If not using XIM/XIC, and a compose sequence is in progress,
6301 we break here. Otherwise, chars_matched is always 0. */
6302 if (compose_status
.chars_matched
> 0 && nbytes
== 0)
6305 orig_keysym
= keysym
;
6307 /* Common for all keysym input events. */
6308 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6310 = x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
), modifiers
);
6311 inev
.ie
.timestamp
= event
.xkey
.time
;
6313 /* First deal with keysyms which have defined
6314 translations to characters. */
6315 if (keysym
>= 32 && keysym
< 128)
6316 /* Avoid explicitly decoding each ASCII character. */
6318 inev
.ie
.kind
= ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6319 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
;
6323 /* Now non-ASCII. */
6324 if (HASH_TABLE_P (Vx_keysym_table
)
6325 && (NATNUMP (c
= Fgethash (make_number (keysym
),
6329 inev
.ie
.kind
= (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (XFASTINT (c
))
6330 ? ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
6331 : MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
);
6332 inev
.ie
.code
= XFASTINT (c
);
6336 /* Random non-modifier sorts of keysyms. */
6337 if (((keysym
>= XK_BackSpace
&& keysym
<= XK_Escape
)
6338 || keysym
== XK_Delete
6339 #ifdef XK_ISO_Left_Tab
6340 || (keysym
>= XK_ISO_Left_Tab
6341 && keysym
<= XK_ISO_Enter
)
6343 || IsCursorKey (keysym
) /* 0xff50 <= x < 0xff60 */
6344 || IsMiscFunctionKey (keysym
) /* 0xff60 <= x < VARIES */
6346 /* This recognizes the "extended function
6347 keys". It seems there's no cleaner way.
6348 Test IsModifierKey to avoid handling
6349 mode_switch incorrectly. */
6350 || ((unsigned) (keysym
) >= XK_Select
6351 && (unsigned)(keysym
) < XK_KP_Space
)
6353 #ifdef XK_dead_circumflex
6354 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_circumflex
6356 #ifdef XK_dead_grave
6357 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_grave
6359 #ifdef XK_dead_tilde
6360 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_tilde
6362 #ifdef XK_dead_diaeresis
6363 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_diaeresis
6365 #ifdef XK_dead_macron
6366 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_macron
6368 #ifdef XK_dead_degree
6369 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_degree
6371 #ifdef XK_dead_acute
6372 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_acute
6374 #ifdef XK_dead_cedilla
6375 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_cedilla
6377 #ifdef XK_dead_breve
6378 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_breve
6380 #ifdef XK_dead_ogonek
6381 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_ogonek
6383 #ifdef XK_dead_caron
6384 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_caron
6386 #ifdef XK_dead_doubleacute
6387 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_doubleacute
6389 #ifdef XK_dead_abovedot
6390 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_abovedot
6392 || IsKeypadKey (keysym
) /* 0xff80 <= x < 0xffbe */
6393 || IsFunctionKey (keysym
) /* 0xffbe <= x < 0xffe1 */
6394 /* Any "vendor-specific" key is ok. */
6395 || (orig_keysym
& (1 << 28))
6396 || (keysym
!= NoSymbol
&& nbytes
== 0))
6397 && ! (IsModifierKey (orig_keysym
)
6399 #ifdef XK_Mode_switch
6400 || ((unsigned)(orig_keysym
) == XK_Mode_switch
)
6403 || ((unsigned)(orig_keysym
) == XK_Num_Lock
)
6405 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R5 */
6406 /* The symbols from XK_ISO_Lock
6407 to XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
6408 don't have real modifiers but
6409 should be treated similarly to
6410 Mode_switch by Emacs. */
6411 #if defined XK_ISO_Lock && defined XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
6412 || ((unsigned)(orig_keysym
)
6414 && (unsigned)(orig_keysym
)
6415 <= XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
)
6419 STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG (keysym
);
6420 /* make_lispy_event will convert this to a symbolic
6422 inev
.ie
.kind
= NON_ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6423 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
;
6427 { /* Raw bytes, not keysym. */
6432 for (i
= 0, nchars
= 0; i
< nbytes
; i
++)
6434 if (ASCII_BYTE_P (copy_bufptr
[i
]))
6436 STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG (copy_bufptr
[i
]);
6439 if (nchars
< nbytes
)
6441 /* Decode the input data. */
6445 /* The input should be decoded with `coding_system'
6446 which depends on which X*LookupString function
6447 we used just above and the locale. */
6448 setup_coding_system (coding_system
, &coding
);
6449 coding
.src_multibyte
= 0;
6450 coding
.dst_multibyte
= 1;
6451 /* The input is converted to events, thus we can't
6452 handle composition. Anyway, there's no XIM that
6453 gives us composition information. */
6454 coding
.common_flags
&= ~CODING_ANNOTATION_MASK
;
6456 require
= MAX_MULTIBYTE_LENGTH
* nbytes
;
6457 coding
.destination
= alloca (require
);
6458 coding
.dst_bytes
= require
;
6459 coding
.mode
|= CODING_MODE_LAST_BLOCK
;
6460 decode_coding_c_string (&coding
, copy_bufptr
, nbytes
, Qnil
);
6461 nbytes
= coding
.produced
;
6462 nchars
= coding
.produced_char
;
6463 copy_bufptr
= coding
.destination
;
6466 /* Convert the input data to a sequence of
6467 character events. */
6468 for (i
= 0; i
< nbytes
; i
+= len
)
6470 if (nchars
== nbytes
)
6471 c
= copy_bufptr
[i
], len
= 1;
6473 c
= STRING_CHAR_AND_LENGTH (copy_bufptr
+ i
,
6475 inev
.ie
.kind
= (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (c
)
6476 ? ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
6477 : MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
);
6479 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
.ie
, hold_quit
);
6482 /* Previous code updated count by nchars rather than nbytes,
6483 but that seems bogus to me. ++kfs */
6486 inev
.ie
.kind
= NO_EVENT
; /* Already stored above. */
6488 if (keysym
== NoSymbol
)
6494 /* Don't dispatch this event since XtDispatchEvent calls
6495 XFilterEvent, and two calls in a row may freeze the
6504 /* Don't dispatch this event since XtDispatchEvent calls
6505 XFilterEvent, and two calls in a row may freeze the
6513 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6515 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xcrossing
.window
);
6517 if (f
&& x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
)
6518 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= event
.xmotion
.time
+ 200;
6521 if (event
.xcrossing
.focus
)
6523 /* Avoid nasty pop/raise loops. */
6524 if (f
&& (!(f
->auto_raise
)
6526 || (event
.xcrossing
.time
- enter_timestamp
) > 500))
6528 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, f
);
6529 enter_timestamp
= event
.xcrossing
.time
;
6532 else if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
6533 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, 0);
6536 /* EnterNotify counts as mouse movement,
6537 so update things that depend on mouse position. */
6538 if (f
&& !f
->output_data
.x
->hourglass_p
)
6539 note_mouse_movement (f
, &event
.xmotion
);
6543 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6547 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6549 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xcrossing
.window
);
6552 if (f
== dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
6554 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
6555 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
6556 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
6557 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
6560 /* Generate a nil HELP_EVENT to cancel a help-echo.
6561 Do it only if there's something to cancel.
6562 Otherwise, the startup message is cleared when
6563 the mouse leaves the frame. */
6564 if (any_help_event_p
)
6570 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6575 previous_help_echo_string
= help_echo_string
;
6576 help_echo_string
= help_echo_object
= help_echo_window
= Qnil
;
6579 if (dpyinfo
->grabbed
&& last_mouse_frame
6580 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
6581 f
= last_mouse_frame
;
6583 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xmotion
.window
);
6585 if (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
)
6587 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 0;
6588 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
6594 /* Generate SELECT_WINDOW_EVENTs when needed. */
6595 if (mouse_autoselect_window
)
6599 window
= window_from_coordinates (f
,
6600 event
.xmotion
.x
, event
.xmotion
.y
,
6603 /* Window will be selected only when it is not selected now and
6604 last mouse movement event was not in it. Minibuffer window
6605 will be selected iff it is active. */
6606 if (WINDOWP (window
)
6607 && !EQ (window
, last_window
)
6608 && !EQ (window
, selected_window
))
6610 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECT_WINDOW_EVENT
;
6611 inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
= window
;
6616 note_mouse_movement (f
, &event
.xmotion
);
6620 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6621 struct scroll_bar
*bar
6622 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xmotion
.display
,
6623 event
.xmotion
.window
);
6626 x_scroll_bar_note_movement (bar
, &event
);
6627 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6629 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
6630 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
6631 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
6634 /* If the contents of the global variable help_echo_string
6635 has changed, generate a HELP_EVENT. */
6636 if (!NILP (help_echo_string
)
6637 || !NILP (previous_help_echo_string
))
6642 case ConfigureNotify
:
6643 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xconfigure
.window
);
6646 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6648 xg_resize_widgets (f
, event
.xconfigure
.width
,
6649 event
.xconfigure
.height
);
6650 #else /* not USE_GTK */
6651 /* If there is a pending resize for fullscreen, don't
6652 do this one, the right one will come later.
6653 The toolkit version doesn't seem to need this, but we
6654 need to reset it below. */
6656 = ((f
->want_fullscreen
& FULLSCREEN_WAIT
)
6657 && f
->new_text_cols
!= 0);
6658 int rows
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT_TO_TEXT_LINES (f
, event
.xconfigure
.height
);
6659 int columns
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH_TO_TEXT_COLS (f
, event
.xconfigure
.width
);
6664 /* In the toolkit version, change_frame_size
6665 is called by the code that handles resizing
6666 of the EmacsFrame widget. */
6668 /* Even if the number of character rows and columns has
6669 not changed, the font size may have changed, so we need
6670 to check the pixel dimensions as well. */
6671 if (columns
!= FRAME_COLS (f
)
6672 || rows
!= FRAME_LINES (f
)
6673 || event
.xconfigure
.width
!= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)
6674 || event
.xconfigure
.height
!= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
))
6676 change_frame_size (f
, rows
, columns
, 0, 1, 0);
6677 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6678 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
6680 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
6683 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) = event
.xconfigure
.width
;
6684 FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
) = event
.xconfigure
.height
;
6687 /* GTK creates windows but doesn't map them.
6688 Only get real positions and check fullscreen when mapped. */
6689 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)
6690 && GTK_WIDGET_MAPPED (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)))
6693 /* What we have now is the position of Emacs's own window.
6694 Convert that to the position of the window manager window. */
6695 x_real_positions (f
, &f
->left_pos
, &f
->top_pos
);
6697 x_check_expected_move (f
);
6698 if (f
->want_fullscreen
& FULLSCREEN_WAIT
)
6699 f
->want_fullscreen
&= ~(FULLSCREEN_WAIT
|FULLSCREEN_BOTH
);
6703 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMStatusArea
))
6704 xic_set_statusarea (f
);
6707 if (f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
!= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
)
6709 /* Since the WM decorations come below top_pos now,
6710 we must put them below top_pos in the future. */
6711 f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
6712 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
6720 /* If we decide we want to generate an event to be seen
6721 by the rest of Emacs, we put it here. */
6724 bzero (&compose_status
, sizeof (compose_status
));
6726 if (dpyinfo
->grabbed
6728 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
6729 f
= last_mouse_frame
;
6731 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xbutton
.window
);
6735 /* Is this in the tool-bar? */
6736 if (WINDOWP (f
->tool_bar_window
)
6737 && WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (XWINDOW (f
->tool_bar_window
)))
6740 int x
= event
.xbutton
.x
;
6741 int y
= event
.xbutton
.y
;
6743 window
= window_from_coordinates (f
, x
, y
, 0, 0, 0, 1);
6744 if (EQ (window
, f
->tool_bar_window
))
6746 if (event
.xbutton
.type
== ButtonPress
)
6747 handle_tool_bar_click (f
, x
, y
, 1, 0);
6749 handle_tool_bar_click (f
, x
, y
, 0,
6750 x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (dpyinfo
,
6751 event
.xbutton
.state
));
6757 if (!dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
6758 || f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
6760 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6761 if (! popup_activated ())
6764 if (ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
)
6766 if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
6767 && (int)(event
.xbutton
.time
- ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
) > 0)
6769 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6770 construct_mouse_click (&inev
.ie
, &event
, f
);
6772 if (event
.type
== ButtonRelease
)
6773 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6776 construct_mouse_click (&inev
.ie
, &event
, f
);
6782 struct scroll_bar
*bar
6783 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xbutton
.display
,
6784 event
.xbutton
.window
);
6786 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6787 /* Make the "Ctrl-Mouse-2 splits window" work for toolkit
6789 if (bar
&& event
.xbutton
.state
& ControlMask
)
6791 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6792 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6794 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6796 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6797 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6800 if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
)
6802 dpyinfo
->grabbed
|= (1 << event
.xbutton
.button
);
6803 last_mouse_frame
= f
;
6804 /* Ignore any mouse motion that happened
6805 before this event; any subsequent mouse-movement
6806 Emacs events should reflect only motion after
6812 last_tool_bar_item
= -1;
6815 dpyinfo
->grabbed
&= ~(1 << event
.xbutton
.button
);
6817 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6818 f
= x_menubar_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xbutton
.window
);
6819 /* For a down-event in the menu bar,
6820 don't pass it to Xt right now.
6821 Instead, save it away
6822 and we will pass it to Xt from kbd_buffer_get_event.
6823 That way, we can run some Lisp code first. */
6826 ! popup_activated ()
6829 f
&& event
.type
== ButtonPress
6830 /* Verify the event is really within the menu bar
6831 and not just sent to it due to grabbing. */
6832 && event
.xbutton
.x
>= 0
6833 && event
.xbutton
.x
< FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)
6834 && event
.xbutton
.y
>= 0
6835 && event
.xbutton
.y
< f
->output_data
.x
->menubar_height
6836 && event
.xbutton
.same_screen
)
6838 SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT
;
6839 XSETFRAME (last_mouse_press_frame
, f
);
6841 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6844 else if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
)
6846 last_mouse_press_frame
= Qnil
;
6850 #ifdef USE_MOTIF /* This should do not harm for Lucid,
6851 but I am trying to be cautious. */
6852 else if (event
.type
== ButtonRelease
)
6854 if (!NILP (last_mouse_press_frame
))
6856 f
= XFRAME (last_mouse_press_frame
);
6857 if (f
->output_data
.x
)
6858 SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT
;
6863 #endif /* USE_MOTIF */
6866 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT || USE_GTK */
6870 case CirculateNotify
:
6873 case CirculateRequest
:
6876 case VisibilityNotify
:
6880 /* Someone has changed the keyboard mapping - update the
6882 switch (event
.xmapping
.request
)
6884 case MappingModifier
:
6885 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
);
6886 /* This is meant to fall through. */
6887 case MappingKeyboard
:
6888 XRefreshKeyboardMapping (&event
.xmapping
);
6894 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6896 if (*finish
!= X_EVENT_DROP
)
6897 XtDispatchEvent (&event
);
6899 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6904 if (inev
.ie
.kind
!= NO_EVENT
)
6906 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
.ie
, hold_quit
);
6911 && !(hold_quit
&& hold_quit
->kind
!= NO_EVENT
))
6916 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
6922 any_help_event_p
= 1;
6923 gen_help_event (help_echo_string
, frame
, help_echo_window
,
6924 help_echo_object
, help_echo_pos
);
6928 help_echo_string
= Qnil
;
6929 gen_help_event (Qnil
, frame
, Qnil
, Qnil
, 0);
6939 /* Handles the XEvent EVENT on display DISPLAY.
6940 This is used for event loops outside the normal event handling,
6941 i.e. looping while a popup menu or a dialog is posted.
6943 Returns the value handle_one_xevent sets in the finish argument. */
6945 x_dispatch_event (event
, display
)
6949 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
6950 int finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
6952 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (display
);
6955 handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, event
, &finish
, 0);
6961 /* Read events coming from the X server.
6962 This routine is called by the SIGIO handler.
6963 We return as soon as there are no more events to be read.
6965 We return the number of characters stored into the buffer,
6966 thus pretending to be `read'.
6968 EXPECTED is nonzero if the caller knows input is available. */
6971 XTread_socket (sd
, expected
, hold_quit
)
6974 struct input_event
*hold_quit
;
6978 int event_found
= 0;
6979 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
6981 if (interrupt_input_blocked
)
6983 interrupt_input_pending
= 1;
6987 interrupt_input_pending
= 0;
6990 /* So people can tell when we have read the available input. */
6991 input_signal_count
++;
6995 /* Find the display we are supposed to read input for.
6996 It's the one communicating on descriptor SD. */
6997 for (dpyinfo
= x_display_list
; dpyinfo
; dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
)
6999 #if 0 /* This ought to be unnecessary; let's verify it. */
7001 /* If available, Xlib uses FIOSNBIO to make the socket
7002 non-blocking, and then looks for EWOULDBLOCK. If O_NDELAY is set,
7003 FIOSNBIO is ignored, and instead of signaling EWOULDBLOCK,
7004 a read returns 0, which Xlib interprets as equivalent to EPIPE. */
7005 fcntl (dpyinfo
->connection
, F_SETFL
, 0);
7006 #endif /* ! defined (FIOSNBIO) */
7009 #if 0 /* This code can't be made to work, with multiple displays,
7010 and appears not to be used on any system any more.
7011 Also keyboard.c doesn't turn O_NDELAY on and off
7012 for X connections. */
7015 if (! (fcntl (dpyinfo
->connection
, F_GETFL
, 0) & O_NDELAY
))
7017 extern int read_alarm_should_throw
;
7018 read_alarm_should_throw
= 1;
7019 XPeekEvent (dpyinfo
->display
, &event
);
7020 read_alarm_should_throw
= 0;
7022 #endif /* HAVE_SELECT */
7026 /* For debugging, this gives a way to fake an I/O error. */
7027 if (dpyinfo
== XTread_socket_fake_io_error
)
7029 XTread_socket_fake_io_error
= 0;
7030 x_io_error_quitter (dpyinfo
->display
);
7035 struct input_event inev
;
7037 /* We don't need to EVENT_INIT (inev) here, as
7038 x_session_check_input copies an entire input_event. */
7039 if (x_session_check_input (&inev
))
7041 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
, hold_quit
);
7049 while (XPending (dpyinfo
->display
))
7053 XNextEvent (dpyinfo
->display
, &event
);
7056 /* Filter events for the current X input method. */
7057 if (x_filter_event (dpyinfo
, &event
))
7062 count
+= handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, &event
, &finish
, hold_quit
);
7064 if (finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
)
7067 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
7072 /* For GTK we must use the GTK event loop. But XEvents gets passed
7073 to our filter function above, and then to the big event switch.
7074 We use a bunch of globals to communicate with our filter function,
7075 that is kind of ugly, but it works.
7077 There is no way to do one display at the time, GTK just does events
7078 from all displays. */
7080 while (gtk_events_pending ())
7082 current_count
= count
;
7083 current_hold_quit
= hold_quit
;
7085 gtk_main_iteration ();
7087 count
= current_count
;
7089 current_hold_quit
= 0;
7091 if (current_finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
)
7094 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7098 /* On some systems, an X bug causes Emacs to get no more events
7099 when the window is destroyed. Detect that. (1994.) */
7102 /* Emacs and the X Server eats up CPU time if XNoOp is done every time.
7103 One XNOOP in 100 loops will make Emacs terminate.
7104 B. Bretthauer, 1994 */
7106 if (x_noop_count
>= 100)
7110 if (next_noop_dpyinfo
== 0)
7111 next_noop_dpyinfo
= x_display_list
;
7113 XNoOp (next_noop_dpyinfo
->display
);
7115 /* Each time we get here, cycle through the displays now open. */
7116 next_noop_dpyinfo
= next_noop_dpyinfo
->next
;
7120 /* If the focus was just given to an auto-raising frame,
7122 /* ??? This ought to be able to handle more than one such frame. */
7123 if (pending_autoraise_frame
)
7125 x_raise_frame (pending_autoraise_frame
);
7126 pending_autoraise_frame
= 0;
7138 /***********************************************************************
7140 ***********************************************************************/
7142 /* Set clipping for output in glyph row ROW. W is the window in which
7143 we operate. GC is the graphics context to set clipping in.
7145 ROW may be a text row or, e.g., a mode line. Text rows must be
7146 clipped to the interior of the window dedicated to text display,
7147 mode lines must be clipped to the whole window. */
7150 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, area
, gc
)
7152 struct glyph_row
*row
;
7156 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7157 XRectangle clip_rect
;
7158 int window_x
, window_y
, window_width
;
7160 window_box (w
, area
, &window_x
, &window_y
, &window_width
, 0);
7162 clip_rect
.x
= window_x
;
7163 clip_rect
.y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (0, row
->y
));
7164 clip_rect
.y
= max (clip_rect
.y
, window_y
);
7165 clip_rect
.width
= window_width
;
7166 clip_rect
.height
= row
->visible_height
;
7168 XSetClipRectangles (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
, 0, 0, &clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
7172 /* Draw a hollow box cursor on window W in glyph row ROW. */
7175 x_draw_hollow_cursor (w
, row
)
7177 struct glyph_row
*row
;
7179 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7180 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
7181 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
7184 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
7187 /* Get the glyph the cursor is on. If we can't tell because
7188 the current matrix is invalid or such, give up. */
7189 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
7190 if (cursor_glyph
== NULL
)
7193 /* Compute frame-relative coordinates for phys cursor. */
7194 x
= WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
);
7195 y
= get_phys_cursor_geometry (w
, row
, cursor_glyph
, &h
);
7196 wd
= w
->phys_cursor_width
;
7198 /* The foreground of cursor_gc is typically the same as the normal
7199 background color, which can cause the cursor box to be invisible. */
7200 xgcv
.foreground
= f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
7201 if (dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
)
7202 XChangeGC (dpy
, dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
7204 dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
7205 GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
7206 gc
= dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
;
7208 /* Set clipping, draw the rectangle, and reset clipping again. */
7209 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, TEXT_AREA
, gc
);
7210 XDrawRectangle (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
, x
, y
, wd
, h
);
7211 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
7215 /* Draw a bar cursor on window W in glyph row ROW.
7217 Implementation note: One would like to draw a bar cursor with an
7218 angle equal to the one given by the font property XA_ITALIC_ANGLE.
7219 Unfortunately, I didn't find a font yet that has this property set.
7223 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, row
, width
, kind
)
7225 struct glyph_row
*row
;
7227 enum text_cursor_kinds kind
;
7229 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
7230 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
7232 /* If cursor is out of bounds, don't draw garbage. This can happen
7233 in mini-buffer windows when switching between echo area glyphs
7235 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
7236 if (cursor_glyph
== NULL
)
7239 /* If on an image, draw like a normal cursor. That's usually better
7240 visible than drawing a bar, esp. if the image is large so that
7241 the bar might not be in the window. */
7242 if (cursor_glyph
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
)
7244 struct glyph_row
*row
;
7245 row
= MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, w
->phys_cursor
.vpos
);
7246 draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w
, row
, DRAW_CURSOR
);
7250 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
7251 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
7252 GC gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
7253 unsigned long mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
7254 struct face
*face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, cursor_glyph
->face_id
);
7257 /* If the glyph's background equals the color we normally draw
7258 the bar cursor in, the bar cursor in its normal color is
7259 invisible. Use the glyph's foreground color instead in this
7260 case, on the assumption that the glyph's colors are chosen so
7261 that the glyph is legible. */
7262 if (face
->background
== f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
)
7263 xgcv
.background
= xgcv
.foreground
= face
->foreground
;
7265 xgcv
.background
= xgcv
.foreground
= f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
7266 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= 0;
7269 XChangeGC (dpy
, gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
7272 gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
7273 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
= gc
;
7277 width
= FRAME_CURSOR_WIDTH (f
);
7278 width
= min (cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
, width
);
7280 w
->phys_cursor_width
= width
;
7281 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, TEXT_AREA
, gc
);
7283 if (kind
== BAR_CURSOR
)
7284 XFillRectangle (dpy
, window
, gc
,
7285 WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
),
7286 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
),
7287 width
, row
->height
);
7289 XFillRectangle (dpy
, window
, gc
,
7290 WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
),
7291 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
+
7292 row
->height
- width
),
7293 cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
,
7296 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
7301 /* RIF: Define cursor CURSOR on frame F. */
7304 x_define_frame_cursor (f
, cursor
)
7308 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), cursor
);
7312 /* RIF: Clear area on frame F. */
7315 x_clear_frame_area (f
, x
, y
, width
, height
)
7317 int x
, y
, width
, height
;
7319 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
7320 x
, y
, width
, height
, False
);
7324 /* RIF: Draw cursor on window W. */
7327 x_draw_window_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, x
, y
, cursor_type
, cursor_width
, on_p
, active_p
)
7329 struct glyph_row
*glyph_row
;
7331 int cursor_type
, cursor_width
;
7334 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7338 w
->phys_cursor_type
= cursor_type
;
7339 w
->phys_cursor_on_p
= 1;
7341 if (glyph_row
->exact_window_width_line_p
7342 && w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
>= glyph_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
])
7344 glyph_row
->cursor_in_fringe_p
= 1;
7345 draw_fringe_bitmap (w
, glyph_row
, 0);
7348 switch (cursor_type
)
7350 case HOLLOW_BOX_CURSOR
:
7351 x_draw_hollow_cursor (w
, glyph_row
);
7354 case FILLED_BOX_CURSOR
:
7355 draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w
, glyph_row
, DRAW_CURSOR
);
7359 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, cursor_width
, BAR_CURSOR
);
7363 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, cursor_width
, HBAR_CURSOR
);
7367 w
->phys_cursor_width
= 0;
7375 if (w
== XWINDOW (f
->selected_window
))
7376 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMPreeditPosition
))
7377 xic_set_preeditarea (w
, x
, y
);
7382 if (updating_frame
!= f
)
7383 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
7390 /* Make the x-window of frame F use the gnu icon bitmap. */
7393 x_bitmap_icon (f
, file
)
7399 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == 0)
7402 /* Free up our existing icon bitmap and mask if any. */
7403 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
> 0)
7404 x_destroy_bitmap (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
);
7405 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= 0;
7410 /* Use gtk_window_set_icon_from_file () if available,
7411 It's not restricted to bitmaps */
7412 if (xg_set_icon (f
, file
))
7414 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7415 bitmap_id
= x_create_bitmap_from_file (f
, file
);
7416 x_create_bitmap_mask (f
, bitmap_id
);
7420 /* Create the GNU bitmap and mask if necessary. */
7421 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
< 0)
7423 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
7424 = x_create_bitmap_from_data (f
, gnu_bits
,
7425 gnu_width
, gnu_height
);
7426 x_create_bitmap_mask (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
);
7429 /* The first time we create the GNU bitmap and mask,
7430 this increments the ref-count one extra time.
7431 As a result, the GNU bitmap and mask are never freed.
7432 That way, we don't have to worry about allocating it again. */
7433 x_reference_bitmap (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
);
7435 bitmap_id
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
;
7438 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, bitmap_id
);
7439 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= bitmap_id
;
7445 /* Make the x-window of frame F use a rectangle with text.
7446 Use ICON_NAME as the text. */
7449 x_text_icon (f
, icon_name
)
7453 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == 0)
7459 text
.value
= (unsigned char *) icon_name
;
7460 text
.encoding
= XA_STRING
;
7462 text
.nitems
= strlen (icon_name
);
7463 XSetWMIconName (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
), &text
);
7465 #else /* not HAVE_X11R4 */
7466 XSetIconName (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
), icon_name
);
7467 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R4 */
7469 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
> 0)
7470 x_destroy_bitmap (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
);
7471 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= 0;
7472 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, 0);
7477 #define X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE 200
7479 /* If non-nil, this should be a string.
7480 It means catch X errors and store the error message in this string. */
7482 static Lisp_Object x_error_message_string
;
7484 /* An X error handler which stores the error message in
7485 x_error_message_string. This is called from x_error_handler if
7486 x_catch_errors is in effect. */
7489 x_error_catcher (display
, error
)
7493 XGetErrorText (display
, error
->error_code
,
7494 SDATA (x_error_message_string
),
7495 X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
);
7498 /* Begin trapping X errors for display DPY. Actually we trap X errors
7499 for all displays, but DPY should be the display you are actually
7502 After calling this function, X protocol errors no longer cause
7503 Emacs to exit; instead, they are recorded in the string
7504 stored in x_error_message_string.
7506 Calling x_check_errors signals an Emacs error if an X error has
7507 occurred since the last call to x_catch_errors or x_check_errors.
7509 Calling x_uncatch_errors resumes the normal error handling. */
7511 void x_check_errors ();
7512 static Lisp_Object
x_catch_errors_unwind ();
7515 x_catch_errors (dpy
)
7518 int count
= SPECPDL_INDEX ();
7520 /* Make sure any errors from previous requests have been dealt with. */
7523 record_unwind_protect (x_catch_errors_unwind
,
7524 Fcons (make_save_value (dpy
, 0),
7525 x_error_message_string
));
7527 x_error_message_string
= make_uninit_string (X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
);
7528 SSET (x_error_message_string
, 0, 0);
7533 /* Unbind the binding that we made to check for X errors. */
7536 x_catch_errors_unwind (old_val
)
7537 Lisp_Object old_val
;
7539 Lisp_Object first
= XCAR (old_val
);
7540 Display
*dpy
= XSAVE_VALUE (first
)->pointer
;
7542 /* The display may have been closed before this function is called.
7543 Check if it is still open before calling XSync. */
7544 if (x_display_info_for_display (dpy
) != 0)
7551 x_error_message_string
= XCDR (old_val
);
7555 /* If any X protocol errors have arrived since the last call to
7556 x_catch_errors or x_check_errors, signal an Emacs error using
7557 sprintf (a buffer, FORMAT, the x error message text) as the text. */
7560 x_check_errors (dpy
, format
)
7564 /* Make sure to catch any errors incurred so far. */
7567 if (SREF (x_error_message_string
, 0))
7568 error (format
, SDATA (x_error_message_string
));
7571 /* Nonzero if we had any X protocol errors
7572 since we did x_catch_errors on DPY. */
7575 x_had_errors_p (dpy
)
7578 /* Make sure to catch any errors incurred so far. */
7581 return SREF (x_error_message_string
, 0) != 0;
7584 /* Forget about any errors we have had, since we did x_catch_errors on DPY. */
7587 x_clear_errors (dpy
)
7590 SSET (x_error_message_string
, 0, 0);
7593 /* Stop catching X protocol errors and let them make Emacs die.
7594 DPY should be the display that was passed to x_catch_errors.
7595 COUNT should be the value that was returned by
7596 the corresponding call to x_catch_errors. */
7599 x_uncatch_errors (dpy
, count
)
7603 unbind_to (count
, Qnil
);
7607 static unsigned int x_wire_count
;
7610 fprintf (stderr
, "Lib call: %d\n", ++x_wire_count
);
7615 /* Handle SIGPIPE, which can happen when the connection to a server
7616 simply goes away. SIGPIPE is handled by x_connection_signal.
7617 Don't need to do anything, because the write which caused the
7618 SIGPIPE will fail, causing Xlib to invoke the X IO error handler,
7619 which will do the appropriate cleanup for us. */
7622 x_connection_signal (signalnum
) /* If we don't have an argument, */
7623 int signalnum
; /* some compilers complain in signal calls. */
7626 /* USG systems forget handlers when they are used;
7627 must reestablish each time */
7628 signal (signalnum
, x_connection_signal
);
7633 /************************************************************************
7635 ************************************************************************/
7637 /* Error message passed to x_connection_closed. */
7639 static char *error_msg
;
7641 /* Function installed as fatal_error_signal_hook in
7642 x_connection_closed. Print the X error message, and exit normally,
7643 instead of dumping core when XtCloseDisplay fails. */
7646 x_fatal_error_signal ()
7648 fprintf (stderr
, "%s\n", error_msg
);
7652 /* Handle the loss of connection to display DPY. ERROR_MESSAGE is
7653 the text of an error message that lead to the connection loss. */
7656 x_connection_closed (dpy
, error_message
)
7658 char *error_message
;
7660 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
7661 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
7664 error_msg
= (char *) alloca (strlen (error_message
) + 1);
7665 strcpy (error_msg
, error_message
);
7666 handling_signal
= 0;
7668 /* Prevent being called recursively because of an error condition
7669 below. Otherwise, we might end up with printing ``can't find per
7670 display information'' in the recursive call instead of printing
7671 the original message here. */
7672 count
= x_catch_errors (dpy
);
7674 /* We have to close the display to inform Xt that it doesn't
7675 exist anymore. If we don't, Xt will continue to wait for
7676 events from the display. As a consequence, a sequence of
7678 M-x make-frame-on-display RET :1 RET
7679 ...kill the new frame, so that we get an IO error...
7680 M-x make-frame-on-display RET :1 RET
7682 will indefinitely wait in Xt for events for display `:1', opened
7683 in the first class to make-frame-on-display.
7685 Closing the display is reported to lead to a bus error on
7686 OpenWindows in certain situations. I suspect that is a bug
7687 in OpenWindows. I don't know how to cicumvent it here. */
7689 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
7690 /* If DPYINFO is null, this means we didn't open the display
7691 in the first place, so don't try to close it. */
7694 extern void (*fatal_error_signal_hook
) P_ ((void));
7695 fatal_error_signal_hook
= x_fatal_error_signal
;
7696 XtCloseDisplay (dpy
);
7697 fatal_error_signal_hook
= NULL
;
7703 xg_display_close (dpyinfo
->display
);
7706 /* Indicate that this display is dead. */
7708 dpyinfo
->display
= 0;
7710 /* First delete frames whose mini-buffers are on frames
7711 that are on the dead display. */
7712 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7714 Lisp_Object minibuf_frame
;
7716 = WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (XFRAME (frame
))));
7717 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
7718 && FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (minibuf_frame
))
7719 && ! EQ (frame
, minibuf_frame
)
7720 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (minibuf_frame
)) == dpyinfo
)
7721 Fdelete_frame (frame
, Qt
);
7724 /* Now delete all remaining frames on the dead display.
7725 We are now sure none of these is used as the mini-buffer
7726 for another frame that we need to delete. */
7727 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7728 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
7729 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (frame
)) == dpyinfo
)
7731 /* Set this to t so that Fdelete_frame won't get confused
7732 trying to find a replacement. */
7733 FRAME_KBOARD (XFRAME (frame
))->Vdefault_minibuffer_frame
= Qt
;
7734 Fdelete_frame (frame
, Qt
);
7738 x_delete_display (dpyinfo
);
7740 x_uncatch_errors (dpy
, count
);
7742 if (x_display_list
== 0)
7744 fprintf (stderr
, "%s\n", error_msg
);
7745 shut_down_emacs (0, 0, Qnil
);
7749 /* Ordinary stack unwind doesn't deal with these. */
7751 sigunblock (sigmask (SIGIO
));
7753 sigunblock (sigmask (SIGALRM
));
7754 TOTALLY_UNBLOCK_INPUT
;
7756 clear_waiting_for_input ();
7757 error ("%s", error_msg
);
7760 /* We specifically use it before defining it, so that gcc doesn't inline it,
7761 otherwise gdb doesn't know how to properly put a breakpoint on it. */
7762 static void x_error_quitter (Display
*display
, XErrorEvent
*error
);
7764 /* This is the first-level handler for X protocol errors.
7765 It calls x_error_quitter or x_error_catcher. */
7768 x_error_handler (display
, error
)
7772 if (! NILP (x_error_message_string
))
7773 x_error_catcher (display
, error
);
7775 x_error_quitter (display
, error
);
7779 /* This is the usual handler for X protocol errors.
7780 It kills all frames on the display that we got the error for.
7781 If that was the only one, it prints an error message and kills Emacs. */
7783 /* .gdbinit puts a breakpoint here, so make sure it is not inlined. */
7785 #if __GNUC__ >= 3 /* On GCC 3.0 we might get a warning. */
7786 #define NO_INLINE __attribute__((noinline))
7791 /* On older GCC versions, just putting x_error_quitter
7792 after x_error_handler prevents inlining into the former. */
7794 static void NO_INLINE
7795 x_error_quitter (display
, error
)
7799 char buf
[256], buf1
[356];
7801 /* Note that there is no real way portable across R3/R4 to get the
7802 original error handler. */
7804 XGetErrorText (display
, error
->error_code
, buf
, sizeof (buf
));
7805 sprintf (buf1
, "X protocol error: %s on protocol request %d",
7806 buf
, error
->request_code
);
7807 x_connection_closed (display
, buf1
);
7811 /* This is the handler for X IO errors, always.
7812 It kills all frames on the display that we lost touch with.
7813 If that was the only one, it prints an error message and kills Emacs. */
7816 x_io_error_quitter (display
)
7821 sprintf (buf
, "Connection lost to X server `%s'", DisplayString (display
));
7822 x_connection_closed (display
, buf
);
7826 /* Changing the font of the frame. */
7828 /* Give frame F the font named FONTNAME as its default font, and
7829 return the full name of that font. FONTNAME may be a wildcard
7830 pattern; in that case, we choose some font that fits the pattern.
7831 The return value shows which font we chose. */
7834 x_new_font (f
, fontname
)
7836 register char *fontname
;
7838 struct font_info
*fontp
7839 = FS_LOAD_FONT (f
, fontname
);
7844 if (FRAME_FONT (f
) == (XFontStruct
*) (fontp
->font
))
7845 /* This font is already set in frame F. There's nothing more to
7847 return build_string (fontp
->full_name
);
7849 FRAME_FONT (f
) = (XFontStruct
*) (fontp
->font
);
7850 FRAME_BASELINE_OFFSET (f
) = fontp
->baseline_offset
;
7851 FRAME_FONTSET (f
) = -1;
7853 FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
) = fontp
->average_width
;
7854 FRAME_SPACE_WIDTH (f
) = fontp
->space_width
;
7855 FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
) = FONT_HEIGHT (FRAME_FONT (f
));
7857 compute_fringe_widths (f
, 1);
7859 /* Compute the scroll bar width in character columns. */
7860 if (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) > 0)
7862 int wid
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
7863 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
)
7864 = (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) + wid
-1) / wid
;
7868 int wid
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
7869 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) = (14 + wid
- 1) / wid
;
7872 /* Now make the frame display the given font. */
7873 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) != 0)
7875 XSetFont (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
7876 FRAME_FONT (f
)->fid
);
7877 XSetFont (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->reverse_gc
,
7878 FRAME_FONT (f
)->fid
);
7879 XSetFont (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_gc
,
7880 FRAME_FONT (f
)->fid
);
7882 /* Don't change the size of a tip frame; there's no point in
7883 doing it because it's done in Fx_show_tip, and it leads to
7884 problems because the tip frame has no widget. */
7885 if (NILP (tip_frame
) || XFRAME (tip_frame
) != f
)
7886 x_set_window_size (f
, 0, FRAME_COLS (f
), FRAME_LINES (f
));
7889 return build_string (fontp
->full_name
);
7892 /* Give frame F the fontset named FONTSETNAME as its default fontset,
7893 and return the full name of that fontset. FONTSETNAME may be a
7894 wildcard pattern; in that case, we choose some fontset that fits
7895 the pattern. FONTSETNAME may be a font name for ASCII characters;
7896 in that case, we create a fontset from that font name.
7898 The return value shows which fontset we chose.
7899 If FONTSETNAME specifies the default fontset, return Qt.
7900 If an ASCII font in the specified fontset can't be loaded, return
7904 x_new_fontset (f
, fontsetname
)
7906 Lisp_Object fontsetname
;
7908 int fontset
= fs_query_fontset (fontsetname
, 0);
7911 if (fontset
> 0 && f
->output_data
.x
->fontset
== fontset
)
7912 /* This fontset is already set in frame F. There's nothing more
7914 return fontset_name (fontset
);
7915 else if (fontset
== 0)
7916 /* The default fontset can't be the default font. */
7920 result
= x_new_font (f
, (SDATA (fontset_ascii (fontset
))));
7922 result
= x_new_font (f
, SDATA (fontsetname
));
7924 if (!STRINGP (result
))
7925 /* Can't load ASCII font. */
7929 fontset
= new_fontset_from_font_name (result
);
7931 /* Since x_new_font doesn't update any fontset information, do it now. */
7932 FRAME_FONTSET (f
) = fontset
;
7936 && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & (XIMPreeditPosition
| XIMStatusArea
)))
7937 xic_set_xfontset (f
, SDATA (fontset_ascii (fontset
)));
7940 return fontset_name (fontset
);
7944 /***********************************************************************
7946 ***********************************************************************/
7952 /* XIM destroy callback function, which is called whenever the
7953 connection to input method XIM dies. CLIENT_DATA contains a
7954 pointer to the x_display_info structure corresponding to XIM. */
7957 xim_destroy_callback (xim
, client_data
, call_data
)
7959 XPointer client_data
;
7962 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= (struct x_display_info
*) client_data
;
7963 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
7967 /* No need to call XDestroyIC.. */
7968 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7970 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
7971 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == dpyinfo
)
7973 FRAME_XIC (f
) = NULL
;
7974 xic_free_xfontset (f
);
7978 /* No need to call XCloseIM. */
7979 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
7980 XFree (dpyinfo
->xim_styles
);
7984 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6 */
7987 /* This isn't prototyped in OSF 5.0 or 5.1a. */
7988 extern char *XSetIMValues
P_ ((XIM
, ...));
7991 /* Open the connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO.
7992 RESOURCE_NAME is the resource name Emacs uses. */
7995 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, resource_name
)
7996 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
7997 char *resource_name
;
8004 xim
= XOpenIM (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
, resource_name
,
8011 XIMCallback destroy
;
8014 /* Get supported styles and XIM values. */
8015 XGetIMValues (xim
, XNQueryInputStyle
, &dpyinfo
->xim_styles
, NULL
);
8018 destroy
.callback
= xim_destroy_callback
;
8019 destroy
.client_data
= (XPointer
)dpyinfo
;
8020 XSetIMValues (xim
, XNDestroyCallback
, &destroy
, NULL
);
8026 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8027 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8031 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8035 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
8036 char *resource_name
;
8039 /* XIM instantiate callback function, which is called whenever an XIM
8040 server is available. DISPLAY is the display of the XIM.
8041 CLIENT_DATA contains a pointer to an xim_inst_t structure created
8042 when the callback was registered. */
8045 xim_instantiate_callback (display
, client_data
, call_data
)
8047 XPointer client_data
;
8050 struct xim_inst_t
*xim_inst
= (struct xim_inst_t
*) client_data
;
8051 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= xim_inst
->dpyinfo
;
8053 /* We don't support multiple XIM connections. */
8057 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, xim_inst
->resource_name
);
8059 /* Create XIC for the existing frames on the same display, as long
8060 as they have no XIC. */
8061 if (dpyinfo
->xim
&& dpyinfo
->reference_count
> 0)
8063 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
8066 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
8068 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
8070 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == xim_inst
->dpyinfo
)
8071 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) == NULL
)
8073 create_frame_xic (f
);
8074 if (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMStatusArea
)
8075 xic_set_statusarea (f
);
8076 if (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMPreeditPosition
)
8078 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (f
->selected_window
);
8079 xic_set_preeditarea (w
, w
->cursor
.x
, w
->cursor
.y
);
8088 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8091 /* Open a connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO.
8092 RESOURCE_NAME is the resource name for Emacs. On X11R5, open the
8093 connection only at the first time. On X11R6, open the connection
8094 in the XIM instantiate callback function. */
8097 xim_initialize (dpyinfo
, resource_name
)
8098 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
8099 char *resource_name
;
8104 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8105 struct xim_inst_t
*xim_inst
;
8108 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8109 xim_inst
= (struct xim_inst_t
*) xmalloc (sizeof (struct xim_inst_t
));
8110 xim_inst
->dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
;
8111 len
= strlen (resource_name
);
8112 xim_inst
->resource_name
= (char *) xmalloc (len
+ 1);
8113 bcopy (resource_name
, xim_inst
->resource_name
, len
+ 1);
8114 XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
,
8115 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
,
8116 xim_instantiate_callback
,
8117 /* This is XPointer in XFree86
8118 but (XPointer *) on Tru64, at
8119 least, hence the configure test. */
8120 (XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback_arg6
) xim_inst
);
8121 #else /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8122 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8123 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, resource_name
);
8124 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8128 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8129 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8133 /* Close the connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO. */
8136 xim_close_dpy (dpyinfo
)
8137 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
8142 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8143 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
8144 XUnregisterIMInstantiateCallback (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
,
8146 xim_instantiate_callback
, NULL
);
8147 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8148 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
8149 XCloseIM (dpyinfo
->xim
);
8150 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8151 XFree (dpyinfo
->xim_styles
);
8153 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8156 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8160 /* Calculate the absolute position in frame F
8161 from its current recorded position values and gravity. */
8164 x_calc_absolute_position (f
)
8167 int win_x
= 0, win_y
= 0;
8168 int flags
= f
->size_hint_flags
;
8170 /* We have nothing to do if the current position
8171 is already for the top-left corner. */
8172 if (! ((flags
& XNegative
) || (flags
& YNegative
)))
8175 /* Treat negative positions as relative to the leftmost bottommost
8176 position that fits on the screen. */
8177 if (flags
& XNegative
)
8178 f
->left_pos
= (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->width
8179 - FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) + f
->left_pos
);
8182 int height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8184 #if defined USE_X_TOOLKIT && defined USE_MOTIF
8185 /* Something is fishy here. When using Motif, starting Emacs with
8186 `-g -0-0', the frame appears too low by a few pixels.
8188 This seems to be so because initially, while Emacs is starting,
8189 the column widget's height and the frame's pixel height are
8190 different. The column widget's height is the right one. In
8191 later invocations, when Emacs is up, the frame's pixel height
8194 It's not obvious where the initial small difference comes from.
8195 2000-12-01, gerd. */
8197 XtVaGetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->column_widget
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
8200 if (flags
& YNegative
)
8201 f
->top_pos
= (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->height
- height
+ f
->top_pos
);
8204 /* The left_pos and top_pos
8205 are now relative to the top and left screen edges,
8206 so the flags should correspond. */
8207 f
->size_hint_flags
&= ~ (XNegative
| YNegative
);
8210 /* CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1 when calling from Fset_frame_position,
8211 to really change the position, and 0 when calling from
8212 x_make_frame_visible (in that case, XOFF and YOFF are the current
8213 position values). It is -1 when calling from x_set_frame_parameters,
8214 which means, do adjust for borders but don't change the gravity. */
8217 x_set_offset (f
, xoff
, yoff
, change_gravity
)
8219 register int xoff
, yoff
;
8222 int modified_top
, modified_left
;
8224 if (change_gravity
> 0)
8228 f
->size_hint_flags
&= ~ (XNegative
| YNegative
);
8230 f
->size_hint_flags
|= XNegative
;
8232 f
->size_hint_flags
|= YNegative
;
8233 f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
8235 x_calc_absolute_position (f
);
8238 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
8240 modified_left
= f
->left_pos
;
8241 modified_top
= f
->top_pos
;
8243 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_A
)
8245 /* Some WMs (twm, wmaker at least) has an offset that is smaller
8246 than the WM decorations. So we use the calculated offset instead
8247 of the WM decoration sizes here (x/y_pixels_outer_diff). */
8248 modified_left
+= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
;
8249 modified_top
+= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
;
8252 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8253 modified_left
, modified_top
);
8255 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
)
8256 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
)
8258 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->check_expected_move
= 1;
8259 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->expected_top
= f
->top_pos
;
8260 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->expected_left
= f
->left_pos
;
8266 /* Check if we need to resize the frame due to a fullscreen request.
8267 If so needed, resize the frame. */
8269 x_check_fullscreen (f
)
8272 if (f
->want_fullscreen
& FULLSCREEN_BOTH
)
8274 int width
, height
, ign
;
8276 x_real_positions (f
, &f
->left_pos
, &f
->top_pos
);
8278 x_fullscreen_adjust (f
, &width
, &height
, &ign
, &ign
);
8280 /* We do not need to move the window, it shall be taken care of
8281 when setting WM manager hints.
8282 If the frame is visible already, the position is checked by
8283 x_check_expected_move. */
8284 if (FRAME_COLS (f
) != width
|| FRAME_LINES (f
) != height
)
8286 change_frame_size (f
, height
, width
, 0, 1, 0);
8287 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
8288 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
8290 /* Wait for the change of frame size to occur */
8291 f
->want_fullscreen
|= FULLSCREEN_WAIT
;
8296 /* If frame parameters are set after the frame is mapped, we need to move
8298 Some window managers moves the window to the right position, some
8299 moves the outer window manager window to the specified position.
8300 Here we check that we are in the right spot. If not, make a second
8301 move, assuming we are dealing with the second kind of window manager. */
8303 x_check_expected_move (f
)
8306 if (FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->check_expected_move
)
8308 int expect_top
= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->expected_top
;
8309 int expect_left
= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->expected_left
;
8311 if (expect_top
!= f
->top_pos
|| expect_left
!= f
->left_pos
)
8313 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_A
;
8314 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
= expect_left
- f
->left_pos
;
8315 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
= expect_top
- f
->top_pos
;
8317 f
->left_pos
= expect_left
;
8318 f
->top_pos
= expect_top
;
8319 x_set_offset (f
, expect_left
, expect_top
, 0);
8321 else if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
)
8322 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_B
;
8324 /* Just do this once */
8325 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->check_expected_move
= 0;
8330 /* Change the size of frame F's X window to COLS/ROWS in the case F
8331 doesn't have a widget. If CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1, we change to
8332 top-left-corner window gravity for this size change and subsequent
8333 size changes. Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */
8336 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
)
8341 int pixelwidth
, pixelheight
;
8343 check_frame_size (f
, &rows
, &cols
);
8344 f
->scroll_bar_actual_width
8345 = (!FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
)
8347 : FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) > 0
8348 ? FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
)
8349 : (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
)));
8351 compute_fringe_widths (f
, 0);
8353 pixelwidth
= FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, cols
);
8354 pixelheight
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, rows
);
8356 f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
8357 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
8359 XSync (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), False
);
8360 XResizeWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8361 pixelwidth
, pixelheight
);
8363 /* Now, strictly speaking, we can't be sure that this is accurate,
8364 but the window manager will get around to dealing with the size
8365 change request eventually, and we'll hear how it went when the
8366 ConfigureNotify event gets here.
8368 We could just not bother storing any of this information here,
8369 and let the ConfigureNotify event set everything up, but that
8370 might be kind of confusing to the Lisp code, since size changes
8371 wouldn't be reported in the frame parameters until some random
8372 point in the future when the ConfigureNotify event arrives.
8374 We pass 1 for DELAY since we can't run Lisp code inside of
8376 change_frame_size (f
, rows
, cols
, 0, 1, 0);
8377 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) = pixelwidth
;
8378 FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
) = pixelheight
;
8380 /* We've set {FRAME,PIXEL}_{WIDTH,HEIGHT} to the values we hope to
8381 receive in the ConfigureNotify event; if we get what we asked
8382 for, then the event won't cause the screen to become garbaged, so
8383 we have to make sure to do it here. */
8384 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
8386 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8390 /* Call this to change the size of frame F's x-window.
8391 If CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1, we change to top-left-corner window gravity
8392 for this size change and subsequent size changes.
8393 Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */
8396 x_set_window_size (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
)
8404 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
))
8405 xg_frame_set_char_size (f
, cols
, rows
);
8407 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
);
8410 if (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
!= NULL
)
8412 /* The x and y position of the widget is clobbered by the
8413 call to XtSetValues within EmacsFrameSetCharSize.
8414 This is a real kludge, but I don't understand Xt so I can't
8415 figure out a correct fix. Can anyone else tell me? -- rms. */
8416 int xpos
= f
->output_data
.x
->widget
->core
.x
;
8417 int ypos
= f
->output_data
.x
->widget
->core
.y
;
8418 EmacsFrameSetCharSize (f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
, cols
, rows
);
8419 f
->output_data
.x
->widget
->core
.x
= xpos
;
8420 f
->output_data
.x
->widget
->core
.y
= ypos
;
8423 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
);
8425 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8427 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
);
8429 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8431 /* If cursor was outside the new size, mark it as off. */
8432 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (f
->root_window
));
8434 /* Clear out any recollection of where the mouse highlighting was,
8435 since it might be in a place that's outside the new frame size.
8436 Actually checking whether it is outside is a pain in the neck,
8437 so don't try--just let the highlighting be done afresh with new size. */
8438 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
8443 /* Mouse warping. */
8446 x_set_mouse_position (f
, x
, y
)
8452 pix_x
= FRAME_COL_TO_PIXEL_X (f
, x
) + FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
) / 2;
8453 pix_y
= FRAME_LINE_TO_PIXEL_Y (f
, y
) + FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
) / 2;
8455 if (pix_x
< 0) pix_x
= 0;
8456 if (pix_x
> FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)) pix_x
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
8458 if (pix_y
< 0) pix_y
= 0;
8459 if (pix_y
> FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
)) pix_y
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8463 XWarpPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), None
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8464 0, 0, 0, 0, pix_x
, pix_y
);
8468 /* Move the mouse to position pixel PIX_X, PIX_Y relative to frame F. */
8471 x_set_mouse_pixel_position (f
, pix_x
, pix_y
)
8477 XWarpPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), None
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8478 0, 0, 0, 0, pix_x
, pix_y
);
8482 /* focus shifting, raising and lowering. */
8485 x_focus_on_frame (f
)
8488 #if 0 /* This proves to be unpleasant. */
8492 /* I don't think that the ICCCM allows programs to do things like this
8493 without the interaction of the window manager. Whatever you end up
8494 doing with this code, do it to x_unfocus_frame too. */
8495 XSetInputFocus (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8496 RevertToPointerRoot
, CurrentTime
);
8505 /* Look at the remarks in x_focus_on_frame. */
8506 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_focus_frame
== f
)
8507 XSetInputFocus (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), PointerRoot
,
8508 RevertToPointerRoot
, CurrentTime
);
8512 /* Raise frame F. */
8518 if (f
->async_visible
)
8521 XRaiseWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
));
8522 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8527 /* Lower frame F. */
8533 if (f
->async_visible
)
8536 XLowerWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
));
8537 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8543 XTframe_raise_lower (f
, raise_flag
)
8553 /* Change of visibility. */
8555 /* This tries to wait until the frame is really visible.
8556 However, if the window manager asks the user where to position
8557 the frame, this will return before the user finishes doing that.
8558 The frame will not actually be visible at that time,
8559 but it will become visible later when the window manager
8560 finishes with it. */
8563 x_make_frame_visible (f
)
8567 int original_top
, original_left
;
8568 int retry_count
= 2;
8574 type
= x_icon_type (f
);
8576 x_bitmap_icon (f
, type
);
8578 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
8580 /* We test FRAME_GARBAGED_P here to make sure we don't
8581 call x_set_offset a second time
8582 if we get to x_make_frame_visible a second time
8583 before the window gets really visible. */
8584 if (! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
8585 && ! f
->output_data
.x
->asked_for_visible
)
8586 x_set_offset (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
, 0);
8588 f
->output_data
.x
->asked_for_visible
= 1;
8590 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
8591 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, NormalState
);
8592 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
8593 /* This was XtPopup, but that did nothing for an iconified frame. */
8594 XtMapWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
8595 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8597 gtk_widget_show_all (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
8598 gtk_window_deiconify (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)));
8600 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
8601 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
8602 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8603 #if 0 /* This seems to bring back scroll bars in the wrong places
8604 if the window configuration has changed. They seem
8605 to come back ok without this. */
8606 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
))
8607 XMapSubwindows (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
8611 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8613 /* Synchronize to ensure Emacs knows the frame is visible
8614 before we do anything else. We do this loop with input not blocked
8615 so that incoming events are handled. */
8619 /* This must be before UNBLOCK_INPUT
8620 since events that arrive in response to the actions above
8621 will set it when they are handled. */
8622 int previously_visible
= f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
;
8624 original_left
= f
->left_pos
;
8625 original_top
= f
->top_pos
;
8627 /* This must come after we set COUNT. */
8630 /* We unblock here so that arriving X events are processed. */
8632 /* Now move the window back to where it was "supposed to be".
8633 But don't do it if the gravity is negative.
8634 When the gravity is negative, this uses a position
8635 that is 3 pixels too low. Perhaps that's really the border width.
8637 Don't do this if the window has never been visible before,
8638 because the window manager may choose the position
8639 and we don't want to override it. */
8641 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) && ! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
8642 && f
->win_gravity
== NorthWestGravity
8643 && previously_visible
)
8647 unsigned int width
, height
, border
, depth
;
8651 /* On some window managers (such as FVWM) moving an existing
8652 window, even to the same place, causes the window manager
8653 to introduce an offset. This can cause the window to move
8654 to an unexpected location. Check the geometry (a little
8655 slow here) and then verify that the window is in the right
8656 place. If the window is not in the right place, move it
8657 there, and take the potential window manager hit. */
8658 XGetGeometry (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8659 &rootw
, &x
, &y
, &width
, &height
, &border
, &depth
);
8661 if (original_left
!= x
|| original_top
!= y
)
8662 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8663 original_left
, original_top
);
8668 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
8670 /* Wait until the frame is visible. Process X events until a
8671 MapNotify event has been seen, or until we think we won't get a
8672 MapNotify at all.. */
8673 for (count
= input_signal_count
+ 10;
8674 input_signal_count
< count
&& !FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
);)
8676 /* Force processing of queued events. */
8679 /* Machines that do polling rather than SIGIO have been
8680 observed to go into a busy-wait here. So we'll fake an
8681 alarm signal to let the handler know that there's something
8682 to be read. We used to raise a real alarm, but it seems
8683 that the handler isn't always enabled here. This is
8685 if (input_polling_used ())
8687 /* It could be confusing if a real alarm arrives while
8688 processing the fake one. Turn it off and let the
8689 handler reset it. */
8690 extern void poll_for_input_1
P_ ((void));
8691 int old_poll_suppress_count
= poll_suppress_count
;
8692 poll_suppress_count
= 1;
8693 poll_for_input_1 ();
8694 poll_suppress_count
= old_poll_suppress_count
;
8697 /* See if a MapNotify event has been processed. */
8698 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f
);
8703 (let ((f (selected-frame)))
8707 the frame is not raised with various window managers on
8708 FreeBSD, GNU/Linux and Solaris. It turns out that, for some
8709 unknown reason, the call to XtMapWidget is completely ignored.
8710 Mapping the widget a second time works. */
8712 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) && --retry_count
> 0)
8717 /* Change from mapped state to withdrawn state. */
8719 /* Make the frame visible (mapped and not iconified). */
8722 x_make_frame_invisible (f
)
8727 /* Use the frame's outermost window, not the one we normally draw on. */
8728 window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
8730 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
8731 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
8732 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
8734 #if 0/* This might add unreliability; I don't trust it -- rms. */
8735 if (! f
->async_visible
&& ! f
->async_iconified
)
8741 /* Before unmapping the window, update the WM_SIZE_HINTS property to claim
8742 that the current position of the window is user-specified, rather than
8743 program-specified, so that when the window is mapped again, it will be
8744 placed at the same location, without forcing the user to position it
8745 by hand again (they have already done that once for this window.) */
8746 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 1);
8749 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
8750 gtk_widget_hide (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
8756 if (! XWithdrawWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
,
8757 DefaultScreen (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
))))
8759 UNBLOCK_INPUT_RESIGNAL
;
8760 error ("Can't notify window manager of window withdrawal");
8762 #else /* ! defined (HAVE_X11R4) */
8764 /* Tell the window manager what we're going to do. */
8765 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
8769 unmap
.xunmap
.type
= UnmapNotify
;
8770 unmap
.xunmap
.window
= window
;
8771 unmap
.xunmap
.event
= DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8772 unmap
.xunmap
.from_configure
= False
;
8773 if (! XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
8774 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)),
8776 SubstructureRedirectMaskSubstructureNotifyMask
,
8779 UNBLOCK_INPUT_RESIGNAL
;
8780 error ("Can't notify window manager of withdrawal");
8784 /* Unmap the window ourselves. Cheeky! */
8785 XUnmapWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
);
8786 #endif /* ! defined (HAVE_X11R4) */
8789 /* We can't distinguish this from iconification
8790 just by the event that we get from the server.
8791 So we can't win using the usual strategy of letting
8792 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY set this. So do it by hand,
8793 and synchronize with the server to make sure we agree. */
8795 FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
) = 0;
8796 f
->async_visible
= 0;
8797 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
8804 /* Change window state from mapped to iconified. */
8813 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
8814 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
8815 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
8817 if (f
->async_iconified
)
8822 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f
);
8824 type
= x_icon_type (f
);
8826 x_bitmap_icon (f
, type
);
8829 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
8831 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
8832 gtk_widget_show_all (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
8834 gtk_window_iconify (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)));
8837 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
8838 f
->async_visible
= 0;
8844 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
8846 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
8848 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
8849 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, IconicState
);
8850 /* This was XtPopup, but that did nothing for an iconified frame. */
8851 XtMapWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
8852 /* The server won't give us any event to indicate
8853 that an invisible frame was changed to an icon,
8854 so we have to record it here. */
8857 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
8858 f
->async_visible
= 0;
8863 result
= XIconifyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
8864 XtWindow (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
),
8865 DefaultScreen (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)));
8869 error ("Can't notify window manager of iconification");
8871 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
8872 f
->async_visible
= 0;
8876 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8878 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8880 /* Make sure the X server knows where the window should be positioned,
8881 in case the user deiconifies with the window manager. */
8882 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) && !FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
))
8883 x_set_offset (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
, 0);
8885 /* Since we don't know which revision of X we're running, we'll use both
8886 the X11R3 and X11R4 techniques. I don't know if this is a good idea. */
8888 /* X11R4: send a ClientMessage to the window manager using the
8889 WM_CHANGE_STATE type. */
8893 message
.xclient
.window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
8894 message
.xclient
.type
= ClientMessage
;
8895 message
.xclient
.message_type
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_wm_change_state
;
8896 message
.xclient
.format
= 32;
8897 message
.xclient
.data
.l
[0] = IconicState
;
8899 if (! XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
8900 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)),
8902 SubstructureRedirectMask
| SubstructureNotifyMask
,
8905 UNBLOCK_INPUT_RESIGNAL
;
8906 error ("Can't notify window manager of iconification");
8910 /* X11R3: set the initial_state field of the window manager hints to
8912 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, IconicState
);
8914 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
8916 /* If the frame was withdrawn, before, we must map it. */
8917 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
8920 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
8921 f
->async_visible
= 0;
8923 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8925 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8929 /* Free X resources of frame F. */
8932 x_free_frame_resources (f
)
8935 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8937 struct scroll_bar
*b
;
8941 /* If a display connection is dead, don't try sending more
8942 commands to the X server. */
8943 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
8945 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
)
8946 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
);
8948 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
8949 /* Explicitly destroy the scroll bars of the frame. Without
8950 this, we get "BadDrawable" errors from the toolkit later on,
8951 presumably from expose events generated for the disappearing
8952 toolkit scroll bars. */
8953 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
); !NILP (bar
); bar
= b
->next
)
8955 b
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
8956 x_scroll_bar_remove (b
);
8965 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
8966 if (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
)
8968 XtDestroyWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
8969 f
->output_data
.x
->widget
= NULL
;
8971 /* Tooltips don't have widgets, only a simple X window, even if
8972 we are using a toolkit. */
8973 else if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
8974 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
8976 free_frame_menubar (f
);
8977 #else /* !USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8980 /* In the GTK version, tooltips are normal X
8981 frames. We must check and free both types. */
8982 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
8984 gtk_widget_destroy (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
8985 FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) = 0; /* Set to avoid XDestroyWindow below */
8986 FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
) = 0;
8988 #endif /* USE_GTK */
8990 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
8991 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
8992 #endif /* !USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8994 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->foreground_pixel
);
8995 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->background_pixel
);
8996 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
);
8997 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_foreground_pixel
);
8998 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->border_pixel
);
8999 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->mouse_pixel
);
9001 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
!= -1)
9002 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
);
9003 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
9004 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
9005 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
9006 /* Scrollbar shadow colors. */
9007 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
!= -1)
9008 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
);
9009 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
!= -1)
9010 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
);
9011 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
9012 if (f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.allocated_p
)
9013 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.pixel
);
9014 if (f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.allocated_p
)
9015 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.pixel
);
9017 if (FRAME_FACE_CACHE (f
))
9018 free_frame_faces (f
);
9021 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9024 if (f
->output_data
.x
->saved_menu_event
)
9025 xfree (f
->output_data
.x
->saved_menu_event
);
9027 xfree (f
->output_data
.x
);
9028 f
->output_data
.x
= NULL
;
9030 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
9031 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= 0;
9032 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
)
9033 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
9034 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
)
9035 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
9037 if (f
== dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
9039 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
9040 = dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
9041 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
9042 = dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
9043 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
9044 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
9045 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
9052 /* Destroy the X window of frame F. */
9055 x_destroy_window (f
)
9058 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9060 /* If a display connection is dead, don't try sending more
9061 commands to the X server. */
9062 if (dpyinfo
->display
!= 0)
9063 x_free_frame_resources (f
);
9065 dpyinfo
->reference_count
--;
9069 /* Setting window manager hints. */
9071 /* Set the normal size hints for the window manager, for frame F.
9072 FLAGS is the flags word to use--or 0 meaning preserve the flags
9073 that the window now has.
9074 If USER_POSITION is nonzero, we set the USPosition
9075 flag (this is useful when FLAGS is 0).
9076 The GTK version is in gtkutils.c */
9080 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, flags
, user_position
)
9085 XSizeHints size_hints
;
9087 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9090 Dimension widget_width
, widget_height
;
9093 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9095 /* Setting PMaxSize caused various problems. */
9096 size_hints
.flags
= PResizeInc
| PMinSize
/* | PMaxSize */;
9098 size_hints
.x
= f
->left_pos
;
9099 size_hints
.y
= f
->top_pos
;
9101 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9102 XtSetArg (al
[ac
], XtNwidth
, &widget_width
); ac
++;
9103 XtSetArg (al
[ac
], XtNheight
, &widget_height
); ac
++;
9104 XtGetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, ac
);
9105 size_hints
.height
= widget_height
;
9106 size_hints
.width
= widget_width
;
9107 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9108 size_hints
.height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
9109 size_hints
.width
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
9110 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9112 size_hints
.width_inc
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
9113 size_hints
.height_inc
= FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
9114 size_hints
.max_width
9115 = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->width
- FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, 0);
9116 size_hints
.max_height
9117 = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->height
- FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, 0);
9119 /* Calculate the base and minimum sizes.
9121 (When we use the X toolkit, we don't do it here.
9122 Instead we copy the values that the widgets are using, below.) */
9123 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9125 int base_width
, base_height
;
9126 int min_rows
= 0, min_cols
= 0;
9128 base_width
= FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, 0);
9129 base_height
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, 0);
9131 check_frame_size (f
, &min_rows
, &min_cols
);
9133 /* The window manager uses the base width hints to calculate the
9134 current number of rows and columns in the frame while
9135 resizing; min_width and min_height aren't useful for this
9136 purpose, since they might not give the dimensions for a
9137 zero-row, zero-column frame.
9139 We use the base_width and base_height members if we have
9140 them; otherwise, we set the min_width and min_height members
9141 to the size for a zero x zero frame. */
9144 size_hints
.flags
|= PBaseSize
;
9145 size_hints
.base_width
= base_width
;
9146 size_hints
.base_height
= base_height
;
9147 size_hints
.min_width
= base_width
+ min_cols
* size_hints
.width_inc
;
9148 size_hints
.min_height
= base_height
+ min_rows
* size_hints
.height_inc
;
9150 size_hints
.min_width
= base_width
;
9151 size_hints
.min_height
= base_height
;
9155 /* If we don't need the old flags, we don't need the old hint at all. */
9158 size_hints
.flags
|= flags
;
9161 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9164 XSizeHints hints
; /* Sometimes I hate X Windows... */
9165 long supplied_return
;
9169 value
= XGetWMNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &hints
,
9172 value
= XGetNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &hints
);
9175 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9176 size_hints
.base_height
= hints
.base_height
;
9177 size_hints
.base_width
= hints
.base_width
;
9178 size_hints
.min_height
= hints
.min_height
;
9179 size_hints
.min_width
= hints
.min_width
;
9183 size_hints
.flags
|= flags
;
9188 if (hints
.flags
& PSize
)
9189 size_hints
.flags
|= PSize
;
9190 if (hints
.flags
& PPosition
)
9191 size_hints
.flags
|= PPosition
;
9192 if (hints
.flags
& USPosition
)
9193 size_hints
.flags
|= USPosition
;
9194 if (hints
.flags
& USSize
)
9195 size_hints
.flags
|= USSize
;
9199 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9204 size_hints
.win_gravity
= f
->win_gravity
;
9205 size_hints
.flags
|= PWinGravity
;
9209 size_hints
.flags
&= ~ PPosition
;
9210 size_hints
.flags
|= USPosition
;
9212 #endif /* PWinGravity */
9215 XSetWMNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &size_hints
);
9217 XSetNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &size_hints
);
9220 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
9222 /* Used for IconicState or NormalState */
9225 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, state
)
9229 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9232 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNinitialState
, state
);
9233 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9234 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9235 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
9237 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= StateHint
;
9238 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.initial_state
= state
;
9240 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9241 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9245 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, pixmap_id
)
9249 Pixmap icon_pixmap
, icon_mask
;
9251 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9252 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9257 icon_pixmap
= x_bitmap_pixmap (f
, pixmap_id
);
9258 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_pixmap
= icon_pixmap
;
9259 icon_mask
= x_bitmap_mask (f
, pixmap_id
);
9260 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_mask
= icon_mask
;
9264 /* It seems there is no way to turn off use of an icon pixmap.
9265 The following line does it, only if no icon has yet been created,
9266 for some window managers. But with mwm it crashes.
9267 Some people say it should clear the IconPixmapHint bit in this case,
9268 but that doesn't work, and the X consortium said it isn't the
9269 right thing at all. Since there is no way to win,
9270 best to explicitly give up. */
9272 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_pixmap
= None
;
9273 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_mask
= None
;
9279 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT /* same as in x_wm_set_window_state. */
9283 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNiconPixmap
, icon_pixmap
);
9284 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9285 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNiconMask
, icon_mask
);
9286 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9289 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9291 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= (IconPixmapHint
| IconMaskHint
);
9292 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9294 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9298 x_wm_set_icon_position (f
, icon_x
, icon_y
)
9302 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9304 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= IconPositionHint
;
9305 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_x
= icon_x
;
9306 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_y
= icon_y
;
9308 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9312 /***********************************************************************
9314 ***********************************************************************/
9316 /* Return a pointer to struct font_info of font FONT_IDX of frame F. */
9319 x_get_font_info (f
, font_idx
)
9323 return (FRAME_X_FONT_TABLE (f
) + font_idx
);
9327 /* Return a list of names of available fonts matching PATTERN on frame F.
9329 If SIZE is > 0, it is the size (maximum bounds width) of fonts
9332 SIZE < 0 means include auto scaled fonts.
9334 Frame F null means we have not yet created any frame on X, and
9335 consult the first display in x_display_list. MAXNAMES sets a limit
9336 on how many fonts to match. */
9339 x_list_fonts (f
, pattern
, size
, maxnames
)
9341 Lisp_Object pattern
;
9345 Lisp_Object list
= Qnil
, patterns
, newlist
= Qnil
, key
= Qnil
;
9346 Lisp_Object tem
, second_best
;
9347 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
9348 = f
? FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) : x_display_list
;
9349 Display
*dpy
= dpyinfo
->display
;
9350 int try_XLoadQueryFont
= 0;
9352 int allow_auto_scaled_font
= 0;
9356 allow_auto_scaled_font
= 1;
9360 patterns
= Fassoc (pattern
, Valternate_fontname_alist
);
9361 if (NILP (patterns
))
9362 patterns
= Fcons (pattern
, Qnil
);
9364 if (maxnames
== 1 && !size
)
9365 /* We can return any single font matching PATTERN. */
9366 try_XLoadQueryFont
= 1;
9368 for (; CONSP (patterns
); patterns
= XCDR (patterns
))
9371 char **names
= NULL
;
9373 pattern
= XCAR (patterns
);
9374 /* See if we cached the result for this particular query.
9375 The cache is an alist of the form:
9376 ((((PATTERN . MAXNAMES) . SCALABLE) (FONTNAME . WIDTH) ...) ...) */
9377 tem
= XCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
);
9378 key
= Fcons (Fcons (pattern
, make_number (maxnames
)),
9379 allow_auto_scaled_font
? Qt
: Qnil
);
9380 list
= Fassoc (key
, tem
);
9383 list
= Fcdr_safe (list
);
9384 /* We have a cashed list. Don't have to get the list again. */
9388 /* At first, put PATTERN in the cache. */
9391 count
= x_catch_errors (dpy
);
9393 if (try_XLoadQueryFont
)
9396 unsigned long value
;
9398 font
= XLoadQueryFont (dpy
, SDATA (pattern
));
9399 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
9401 /* This error is perhaps due to insufficient memory on X
9402 server. Let's just ignore it. */
9404 x_clear_errors (dpy
);
9408 && XGetFontProperty (font
, XA_FONT
, &value
))
9410 char *name
= (char *) XGetAtomName (dpy
, (Atom
) value
);
9411 int len
= strlen (name
);
9414 /* If DXPC (a Differential X Protocol Compressor)
9415 Ver.3.7 is running, XGetAtomName will return null
9416 string. We must avoid such a name. */
9418 try_XLoadQueryFont
= 0;
9422 names
= (char **) alloca (sizeof (char *));
9423 /* Some systems only allow alloca assigned to a
9425 tmp
= (char *) alloca (len
+ 1); names
[0] = tmp
;
9426 bcopy (name
, names
[0], len
+ 1);
9431 try_XLoadQueryFont
= 0;
9434 XFreeFont (dpy
, font
);
9437 if (!try_XLoadQueryFont
)
9439 /* We try at least 10 fonts because XListFonts will return
9440 auto-scaled fonts at the head. */
9447 names
= XListFonts (dpy
, SDATA (pattern
), limit
, &num_fonts
);
9448 if (num_fonts
== limit
)
9451 XFreeFontNames (names
);
9460 names
= XListFonts (dpy
, SDATA (pattern
), max (maxnames
, 10),
9463 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
9465 /* This error is perhaps due to insufficient memory on X
9466 server. Let's just ignore it. */
9468 x_clear_errors (dpy
);
9472 x_uncatch_errors (dpy
, count
);
9479 /* Make a list of all the fonts we got back.
9480 Store that in the font cache for the display. */
9481 for (i
= 0; i
< num_fonts
; i
++)
9485 int average_width
= -1, resx
= 0, dashes
= 0;
9487 /* Count the number of dashes in NAMES[I]. If there are
9488 14 dashes, the field value following 9th dash
9489 (RESOLUTION_X) is nonzero, and the field value
9490 following 12th dash (AVERAGE_WIDTH) is 0, this is a
9491 auto-scaled font which is usually too ugly to be used
9492 for editing. Let's ignore it. */
9497 if (dashes
== 7) /* PIXEL_SIZE field */
9499 else if (dashes
== 9)
9501 else if (dashes
== 12) /* AVERAGE_WIDTH field */
9502 average_width
= atoi (p
);
9505 if (allow_auto_scaled_font
9506 || dashes
< 14 || average_width
!= 0 || resx
== 0)
9508 tem
= build_string (names
[i
]);
9509 if (NILP (Fassoc (tem
, list
)))
9511 if (STRINGP (Vx_pixel_size_width_font_regexp
)
9512 && ((fast_c_string_match_ignore_case
9513 (Vx_pixel_size_width_font_regexp
, names
[i
]))
9515 /* We can set the value of PIXEL_SIZE to the
9516 width of this font. */
9517 list
= Fcons (Fcons (tem
, make_number (width
)), list
);
9519 /* For the moment, width is not known. */
9520 list
= Fcons (Fcons (tem
, Qnil
), list
);
9525 if (!try_XLoadQueryFont
)
9528 XFreeFontNames (names
);
9533 /* Now store the result in the cache. */
9534 XSETCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
,
9535 Fcons (Fcons (key
, list
), XCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
)));
9538 if (NILP (list
)) continue; /* Try the remaining alternatives. */
9540 newlist
= second_best
= Qnil
;
9541 /* Make a list of the fonts that have the right width. */
9542 for (; CONSP (list
); list
= XCDR (list
))
9548 if (!CONSP (tem
) || NILP (XCAR (tem
)))
9552 newlist
= Fcons (XCAR (tem
), newlist
);
9556 if (!INTEGERP (XCDR (tem
)))
9558 /* Since we have not yet known the size of this font, we
9559 must try slow function call XLoadQueryFont. */
9560 XFontStruct
*thisinfo
;
9563 count
= x_catch_errors (dpy
);
9564 thisinfo
= XLoadQueryFont (dpy
,
9565 SDATA (XCAR (tem
)));
9566 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
9568 /* This error is perhaps due to insufficient memory on X
9569 server. Let's just ignore it. */
9571 x_clear_errors (dpy
);
9573 x_uncatch_errors (dpy
, count
);
9579 (thisinfo
->min_bounds
.width
== 0
9581 : make_number (thisinfo
->max_bounds
.width
)));
9583 XFreeFont (dpy
, thisinfo
);
9587 /* For unknown reason, the previous call of XListFont had
9588 returned a font which can't be opened. Record the size
9589 as 0 not to try to open it again. */
9590 XSETCDR (tem
, make_number (0));
9593 found_size
= XINT (XCDR (tem
));
9594 if (found_size
== size
)
9595 newlist
= Fcons (XCAR (tem
), newlist
);
9596 else if (found_size
> 0)
9598 if (NILP (second_best
))
9600 else if (found_size
< size
)
9602 if (XINT (XCDR (second_best
)) > size
9603 || XINT (XCDR (second_best
)) < found_size
)
9608 if (XINT (XCDR (second_best
)) > size
9609 && XINT (XCDR (second_best
)) > found_size
)
9614 if (!NILP (newlist
))
9616 else if (!NILP (second_best
))
9618 newlist
= Fcons (XCAR (second_best
), Qnil
);
9629 /* Check that FONT is valid on frame F. It is if it can be found in F's
9633 x_check_font (f
, font
)
9638 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9640 xassert (font
!= NULL
);
9642 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; i
++)
9643 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
9644 && font
== dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].font
)
9647 xassert (i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
);
9650 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG != 0 */
9652 /* Set *W to the minimum width, *H to the minimum font height of FONT.
9653 Note: There are (broken) X fonts out there with invalid XFontStruct
9654 min_bounds contents. For example, handa@etl.go.jp reports that
9655 "-adobe-courier-medium-r-normal--*-180-*-*-m-*-iso8859-1" fonts
9656 have font->min_bounds.width == 0. */
9659 x_font_min_bounds (font
, w
, h
)
9663 *h
= FONT_HEIGHT (font
);
9664 *w
= font
->min_bounds
.width
;
9666 /* Try to handle the case where FONT->min_bounds has invalid
9667 contents. Since the only font known to have invalid min_bounds
9668 is fixed-width, use max_bounds if min_bounds seems to be invalid. */
9670 *w
= font
->max_bounds
.width
;
9674 /* Compute the smallest character width and smallest font height over
9675 all fonts available on frame F. Set the members smallest_char_width
9676 and smallest_font_height in F's x_display_info structure to
9677 the values computed. Value is non-zero if smallest_font_height or
9678 smallest_char_width become smaller than they were before. */
9681 x_compute_min_glyph_bounds (f
)
9685 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9687 int old_width
= dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
;
9688 int old_height
= dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
;
9690 dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
= 100000;
9691 dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
= 100000;
9693 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; ++i
)
9694 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
)
9696 struct font_info
*fontp
= dpyinfo
->font_table
+ i
;
9699 font
= (XFontStruct
*) fontp
->font
;
9700 xassert (font
!= (XFontStruct
*) ~0);
9701 x_font_min_bounds (font
, &w
, &h
);
9703 dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
= min (dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
, h
);
9704 dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
= min (dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
, w
);
9707 xassert (dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
> 0
9708 && dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
> 0);
9710 return (dpyinfo
->n_fonts
== 1
9711 || dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
< old_width
9712 || dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
< old_height
);
9716 /* Load font named FONTNAME of the size SIZE for frame F, and return a
9717 pointer to the structure font_info while allocating it dynamically.
9718 If SIZE is 0, load any size of font.
9719 If loading is failed, return NULL. */
9722 x_load_font (f
, fontname
, size
)
9724 register char *fontname
;
9727 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9728 Lisp_Object font_names
;
9731 /* Get a list of all the fonts that match this name. Once we
9732 have a list of matching fonts, we compare them against the fonts
9733 we already have by comparing names. */
9734 font_names
= x_list_fonts (f
, build_string (fontname
), size
, 1);
9736 if (!NILP (font_names
))
9741 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; i
++)
9742 for (tail
= font_names
; CONSP (tail
); tail
= XCDR (tail
))
9743 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
9744 && (!strcmp (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
,
9745 SDATA (XCAR (tail
)))
9746 || !strcmp (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].full_name
,
9747 SDATA (XCAR (tail
)))))
9748 return (dpyinfo
->font_table
+ i
);
9751 /* Load the font and add it to the table. */
9755 struct font_info
*fontp
;
9756 unsigned long value
;
9759 /* If we have found fonts by x_list_font, load one of them. If
9760 not, we still try to load a font by the name given as FONTNAME
9761 because XListFonts (called in x_list_font) of some X server has
9762 a bug of not finding a font even if the font surely exists and
9763 is loadable by XLoadQueryFont. */
9764 if (size
> 0 && !NILP (font_names
))
9765 fontname
= (char *) SDATA (XCAR (font_names
));
9768 count
= x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9769 font
= (XFontStruct
*) XLoadQueryFont (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), fontname
);
9770 if (x_had_errors_p (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)))
9772 /* This error is perhaps due to insufficient memory on X
9773 server. Let's just ignore it. */
9775 x_clear_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9777 x_uncatch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), count
);
9782 /* Find a free slot in the font table. */
9783 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; ++i
)
9784 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
== NULL
)
9787 /* If no free slot found, maybe enlarge the font table. */
9788 if (i
== dpyinfo
->n_fonts
9789 && dpyinfo
->n_fonts
== dpyinfo
->font_table_size
)
9792 dpyinfo
->font_table_size
= max (16, 2 * dpyinfo
->font_table_size
);
9793 sz
= dpyinfo
->font_table_size
* sizeof *dpyinfo
->font_table
;
9795 = (struct font_info
*) xrealloc (dpyinfo
->font_table
, sz
);
9798 fontp
= dpyinfo
->font_table
+ i
;
9799 if (i
== dpyinfo
->n_fonts
)
9802 /* Now fill in the slots of *FONTP. */
9804 bzero (fontp
, sizeof (*fontp
));
9806 fontp
->font_idx
= i
;
9807 fontp
->charset
= -1; /* fs_load_font sets it. */
9808 fontp
->name
= (char *) xmalloc (strlen (fontname
) + 1);
9809 bcopy (fontname
, fontp
->name
, strlen (fontname
) + 1);
9811 if (font
->min_bounds
.width
== font
->max_bounds
.width
)
9813 /* Fixed width font. */
9814 fontp
->average_width
= fontp
->space_width
= font
->min_bounds
.width
;
9821 char2b
.byte1
= 0x00, char2b
.byte2
= 0x20;
9822 pcm
= x_per_char_metric (font
, &char2b
, 0);
9824 fontp
->space_width
= pcm
->width
;
9826 fontp
->space_width
= FONT_WIDTH (font
);
9828 fontp
->average_width
9829 = (XGetFontProperty (font
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_AVERAGE_WIDTH
, &value
)
9830 ? (long) value
/ 10 : 0);
9831 if (fontp
->average_width
< 0)
9832 fontp
->average_width
= - fontp
->average_width
;
9833 if (fontp
->average_width
== 0)
9837 int width
= pcm
->width
;
9838 for (char2b
.byte2
= 33; char2b
.byte2
<= 126; char2b
.byte2
++)
9839 if ((pcm
= x_per_char_metric (font
, &char2b
, 0)) != NULL
)
9840 width
+= pcm
->width
;
9841 fontp
->average_width
= width
/ 95;
9844 fontp
->average_width
= FONT_WIDTH (font
);
9848 /* Try to get the full name of FONT. Put it in FULL_NAME. */
9850 if (XGetFontProperty (font
, XA_FONT
, &value
))
9852 char *name
= (char *) XGetAtomName (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), (Atom
) value
);
9856 /* Count the number of dashes in the "full name".
9857 If it is too few, this isn't really the font's full name,
9859 In X11R4, the fonts did not come with their canonical names
9870 full_name
= (char *) xmalloc (p
- name
+ 1);
9871 bcopy (name
, full_name
, p
- name
+ 1);
9878 fontp
->full_name
= full_name
;
9880 fontp
->full_name
= fontp
->name
;
9882 fontp
->size
= font
->max_bounds
.width
;
9883 fontp
->height
= FONT_HEIGHT (font
);
9885 if (NILP (font_names
))
9887 /* We come here because of a bug of XListFonts mentioned at
9888 the head of this block. Let's store this information in
9889 the cache for x_list_fonts. */
9890 Lisp_Object lispy_name
= build_string (fontname
);
9891 Lisp_Object lispy_full_name
= build_string (fontp
->full_name
);
9892 Lisp_Object key
= Fcons (Fcons (lispy_name
, make_number (256)),
9895 XSETCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
,
9897 Fcons (Fcons (lispy_full_name
,
9898 make_number (fontp
->size
)),
9900 XCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
)));
9903 key
= Fcons (Fcons (lispy_full_name
, make_number (256)),
9905 XSETCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
,
9907 Fcons (Fcons (lispy_full_name
,
9908 make_number (fontp
->size
)),
9910 XCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
)));
9914 /* The slot `encoding' specifies how to map a character
9915 code-points (0x20..0x7F or 0x2020..0x7F7F) of each charset to
9916 the font code-points (0:0x20..0x7F, 1:0xA0..0xFF), or
9917 (0:0x2020..0x7F7F, 1:0xA0A0..0xFFFF, 3:0x20A0..0x7FFF,
9918 2:0xA020..0xFF7F). For the moment, we don't know which charset
9919 uses this font. So, we set information in fontp->encoding_type
9920 which is never used by any charset. If mapping can't be
9921 decided, set FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED. */
9922 fontp
->encoding_type
9923 = (font
->max_byte1
== 0
9925 ? (font
->min_char_or_byte2
< 0x80
9926 ? (font
->max_char_or_byte2
< 0x80
9927 ? 0 /* 0x20..0x7F */
9928 : FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED
) /* 0x20..0xFF */
9929 : 1) /* 0xA0..0xFF */
9931 : (font
->min_byte1
< 0x80
9932 ? (font
->max_byte1
< 0x80
9933 ? (font
->min_char_or_byte2
< 0x80
9934 ? (font
->max_char_or_byte2
< 0x80
9935 ? 0 /* 0x2020..0x7F7F */
9936 : FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED
) /* 0x2020..0x7FFF */
9937 : 3) /* 0x20A0..0x7FFF */
9938 : FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED
) /* 0x20??..0xA0?? */
9939 : (font
->min_char_or_byte2
< 0x80
9940 ? (font
->max_char_or_byte2
< 0x80
9941 ? 2 /* 0xA020..0xFF7F */
9942 : FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED
) /* 0xA020..0xFFFF */
9943 : 1))); /* 0xA0A0..0xFFFF */
9945 fontp
->baseline_offset
9946 = (XGetFontProperty (font
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET
, &value
)
9947 ? (long) value
: 0);
9948 fontp
->relative_compose
9949 = (XGetFontProperty (font
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE
, &value
)
9950 ? (long) value
: 0);
9951 fontp
->default_ascent
9952 = (XGetFontProperty (font
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT
, &value
)
9953 ? (long) value
: 0);
9955 /* Set global flag fonts_changed_p to non-zero if the font loaded
9956 has a character with a smaller width than any other character
9957 before, or if the font loaded has a smaller height than any
9958 other font loaded before. If this happens, it will make a
9959 glyph matrix reallocation necessary. */
9960 fonts_changed_p
|= x_compute_min_glyph_bounds (f
);
9967 /* Return a pointer to struct font_info of a font named FONTNAME for
9968 frame F. If no such font is loaded, return NULL. */
9971 x_query_font (f
, fontname
)
9973 register char *fontname
;
9975 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9978 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; i
++)
9979 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
9980 && (!strcmp (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
, fontname
)
9981 || !strcmp (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].full_name
, fontname
)))
9982 return (dpyinfo
->font_table
+ i
);
9987 /* Find a CCL program for a font specified by FONTP, and set the member
9988 `encoder' of the structure. */
9991 x_find_ccl_program (fontp
)
9992 struct font_info
*fontp
;
9994 Lisp_Object list
, elt
;
9997 for (list
= Vfont_ccl_encoder_alist
; CONSP (list
); list
= XCDR (list
))
10001 && STRINGP (XCAR (elt
))
10002 && ((fast_c_string_match_ignore_case (XCAR (elt
), fontp
->name
)
10004 || (fast_c_string_match_ignore_case (XCAR (elt
), fontp
->full_name
)
10011 struct ccl_program
*ccl
10012 = (struct ccl_program
*) xmalloc (sizeof (struct ccl_program
));
10014 if (setup_ccl_program (ccl
, XCDR (elt
)) < 0)
10017 fontp
->font_encoder
= ccl
;
10022 /* Return a char-table whose elements are t if the font FONT_INFO
10023 contains a glyph for the corresponding character, and nil if
10027 x_get_font_repertory (f
, font_info
)
10029 struct font_info
*font_info
;
10031 XFontStruct
*font
= (XFontStruct
*) font_info
->font
;
10033 int min_byte1
, max_byte1
, min_byte2
, max_byte2
;
10035 struct charset
*charset
= CHARSET_FROM_ID (font_info
->charset
);
10036 int offset
= CHARSET_OFFSET (charset
);
10038 table
= Fmake_char_table (Qnil
, Qnil
);
10040 min_byte1
= font
->min_byte1
;
10041 max_byte1
= font
->max_byte1
;
10042 min_byte2
= font
->min_char_or_byte2
;
10043 max_byte2
= font
->max_char_or_byte2
;
10044 if (min_byte1
== 0 && max_byte1
== 0)
10046 if (! font
->per_char
|| font
->all_chars_exist
== True
)
10049 char_table_set_range (table
, offset
+ min_byte2
,
10050 offset
+ max_byte2
, Qt
);
10052 for (; min_byte2
<= max_byte2
; min_byte2
++)
10054 c
= DECODE_CHAR (charset
, min_byte2
);
10055 CHAR_TABLE_SET (table
, c
, Qt
);
10060 XCharStruct
*pcm
= font
->per_char
;
10064 for (i
= min_byte2
; i
<= max_byte2
; i
++, pcm
++)
10066 if (pcm
->width
== 0 && pcm
->rbearing
== pcm
->lbearing
)
10071 char_table_set_range (table
, offset
+ from
,
10072 offset
+ i
- 1, Qt
);
10074 for (; from
< i
; from
++)
10076 c
= DECODE_CHAR (charset
, from
);
10077 CHAR_TABLE_SET (table
, c
, Qt
);
10088 char_table_set_range (table
, offset
+ from
, offset
+ i
- 1,
10091 for (; from
< i
; from
++)
10093 c
= DECODE_CHAR (charset
, from
);
10094 CHAR_TABLE_SET (table
, c
, Qt
);
10101 if (! font
->per_char
|| font
->all_chars_exist
== True
)
10106 for (i
= min_byte1
; i
<= max_byte1
; i
++)
10107 char_table_set_range
10108 (table
, offset
+ ((i
<< 8) | min_byte2
),
10109 offset
+ ((i
<< 8) | max_byte2
), Qt
);
10111 for (i
= min_byte1
; i
<= max_byte1
; i
++)
10112 for (j
= min_byte2
; j
<= max_byte2
; j
++)
10114 unsigned code
= (i
<< 8) | j
;
10115 c
= DECODE_CHAR (charset
, code
);
10116 CHAR_TABLE_SET (table
, c
, Qt
);
10121 XCharStruct
*pcm
= font
->per_char
;
10124 for (i
= min_byte1
; i
<= max_byte1
; i
++)
10129 for (j
= min_byte2
; j
<= max_byte2
; j
++, pcm
++)
10131 if (pcm
->width
== 0 && pcm
->rbearing
== pcm
->lbearing
)
10136 char_table_set_range
10137 (table
, offset
+ ((i
<< 8) | from
),
10138 offset
+ ((i
<< 8) | (j
- 1)), Qt
);
10141 for (; from
< j
; from
++)
10143 unsigned code
= (i
<< 8) | from
;
10144 c
= ENCODE_CHAR (charset
, code
);
10145 CHAR_TABLE_SET (table
, c
, Qt
);
10157 char_table_set_range
10158 (table
, offset
+ ((i
<< 8) | from
),
10159 offset
+ ((i
<< 8) | (j
- 1)), Qt
);
10162 for (; from
< j
; from
++)
10164 unsigned code
= (i
<< 8) | from
;
10165 c
= DECODE_CHAR (charset
, code
);
10166 CHAR_TABLE_SET (table
, c
, Qt
);
10177 /***********************************************************************
10179 ***********************************************************************/
10181 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10182 static XrmOptionDescRec emacs_options
[] = {
10183 {"-geometry", ".geometry", XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
10184 {"-iconic", ".iconic", XrmoptionNoArg
, (XtPointer
) "yes"},
10186 {"-internal-border-width", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth",
10187 XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
10188 {"-ib", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth", XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
10190 {"-T", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
10191 {"-wn", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
10192 {"-title", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
10193 {"-iconname", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
10194 {"-in", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
10195 {"-mc", "*pointerColor", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
10196 {"-cr", "*cursorColor", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
}
10198 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10200 static int x_initialized
;
10202 #ifdef MULTI_KBOARD
10203 /* Test whether two display-name strings agree up to the dot that separates
10204 the screen number from the server number. */
10206 same_x_server (name1
, name2
)
10207 const char *name1
, *name2
;
10209 int seen_colon
= 0;
10210 const unsigned char *system_name
= SDATA (Vsystem_name
);
10211 int system_name_length
= strlen (system_name
);
10212 int length_until_period
= 0;
10214 while (system_name
[length_until_period
] != 0
10215 && system_name
[length_until_period
] != '.')
10216 length_until_period
++;
10218 /* Treat `unix' like an empty host name. */
10219 if (! strncmp (name1
, "unix:", 5))
10221 if (! strncmp (name2
, "unix:", 5))
10223 /* Treat this host's name like an empty host name. */
10224 if (! strncmp (name1
, system_name
, system_name_length
)
10225 && name1
[system_name_length
] == ':')
10226 name1
+= system_name_length
;
10227 if (! strncmp (name2
, system_name
, system_name_length
)
10228 && name2
[system_name_length
] == ':')
10229 name2
+= system_name_length
;
10230 /* Treat this host's domainless name like an empty host name. */
10231 if (! strncmp (name1
, system_name
, length_until_period
)
10232 && name1
[length_until_period
] == ':')
10233 name1
+= length_until_period
;
10234 if (! strncmp (name2
, system_name
, length_until_period
)
10235 && name2
[length_until_period
] == ':')
10236 name2
+= length_until_period
;
10238 for (; *name1
!= '\0' && *name1
== *name2
; name1
++, name2
++)
10242 if (seen_colon
&& *name1
== '.')
10246 && (*name1
== '.' || *name1
== '\0')
10247 && (*name2
== '.' || *name2
== '\0'));
10251 /* Count number of set bits in mask and number of bits to shift to
10252 get to the first bit. With MASK 0x7e0, *BITS is set to 6, and *OFFSET
10255 get_bits_and_offset (mask
, bits
, offset
)
10256 unsigned long mask
;
10263 while (!(mask
& 1))
10279 struct x_display_info
*
10280 x_term_init (display_name
, xrm_option
, resource_name
)
10281 Lisp_Object display_name
;
10283 char *resource_name
;
10287 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
10292 if (!x_initialized
)
10300 #define NUM_ARGV 10
10302 char *argv
[NUM_ARGV
];
10303 char **argv2
= argv
;
10306 if (x_initialized
++ > 1)
10308 /* Opening another display. If xg_display_open returns less
10309 than zero, we are probably on GTK 2.0, which can only handle
10310 one display. GTK 2.2 or later can handle more than one. */
10311 if (xg_display_open (SDATA (display_name
), &dpy
) < 0)
10312 error ("Sorry, this version of GTK can only handle one display");
10316 for (argc
= 0; argc
< NUM_ARGV
; ++argc
)
10320 argv
[argc
++] = initial_argv
[0];
10322 if (! NILP (display_name
))
10324 argv
[argc
++] = "--display";
10325 argv
[argc
++] = SDATA (display_name
);
10328 argv
[argc
++] = "--name";
10329 argv
[argc
++] = resource_name
;
10332 XSetLocaleModifiers ("");
10335 gtk_init (&argc
, &argv2
);
10337 /* gtk_init does set_locale. We must fix locale after calling it. */
10341 dpy
= GDK_DISPLAY ();
10343 /* NULL window -> events for all windows go to our function */
10344 gdk_window_add_filter (NULL
, event_handler_gdk
, NULL
);
10346 /* Load our own gtkrc if it exists. */
10348 struct gcpro gcpro1
, gcpro2
;
10349 char *file
= "~/.emacs.d/gtkrc";
10350 Lisp_Object s
, abs_file
;
10352 GCPRO2 (s
, abs_file
);
10353 s
= make_string (file
, strlen (file
));
10354 abs_file
= Fexpand_file_name (s
, Qnil
);
10356 if (! NILP (abs_file
) && !NILP (Ffile_readable_p (abs_file
)))
10357 gtk_rc_parse (SDATA (abs_file
));
10362 XSetErrorHandler (x_error_handler
);
10363 XSetIOErrorHandler (x_io_error_quitter
);
10366 #else /* not USE_GTK */
10367 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10368 /* weiner@footloose.sps.mot.com reports that this causes
10370 X protocol error: BadAtom (invalid Atom parameter)
10371 on protocol request 18skiloaf.
10372 So let's not use it until R6. */
10373 #ifdef HAVE_X11XTR6
10374 XtSetLanguageProc (NULL
, NULL
, NULL
);
10385 argv
[argc
++] = "-xrm";
10386 argv
[argc
++] = xrm_option
;
10388 turn_on_atimers (0);
10389 dpy
= XtOpenDisplay (Xt_app_con
, SDATA (display_name
),
10390 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
,
10391 emacs_options
, XtNumber (emacs_options
),
10393 turn_on_atimers (1);
10395 #ifdef HAVE_X11XTR6
10396 /* I think this is to compensate for XtSetLanguageProc. */
10401 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10403 XSetLocaleModifiers ("");
10405 dpy
= XOpenDisplay (SDATA (display_name
));
10406 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10407 #endif /* not USE_GTK*/
10409 /* Detect failure. */
10416 /* We have definitely succeeded. Record the new connection. */
10418 dpyinfo
= (struct x_display_info
*) xmalloc (sizeof (struct x_display_info
));
10419 bzero (dpyinfo
, sizeof *dpyinfo
);
10421 #ifdef MULTI_KBOARD
10423 struct x_display_info
*share
;
10426 for (share
= x_display_list
, tail
= x_display_name_list
; share
;
10427 share
= share
->next
, tail
= XCDR (tail
))
10428 if (same_x_server (SDATA (XCAR (XCAR (tail
))),
10429 SDATA (display_name
)))
10432 dpyinfo
->kboard
= share
->kboard
;
10435 dpyinfo
->kboard
= (KBOARD
*) xmalloc (sizeof (KBOARD
));
10436 init_kboard (dpyinfo
->kboard
);
10437 if (!EQ (XSYMBOL (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
)->function
, Qunbound
))
10439 char *vendor
= ServerVendor (dpy
);
10441 dpyinfo
->kboard
->Vsystem_key_alist
10442 = call1 (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
,
10443 build_string (vendor
? vendor
: ""));
10447 dpyinfo
->kboard
->next_kboard
= all_kboards
;
10448 all_kboards
= dpyinfo
->kboard
;
10449 /* Don't let the initial kboard remain current longer than necessary.
10450 That would cause problems if a file loaded on startup tries to
10451 prompt in the mini-buffer. */
10452 if (current_kboard
== initial_kboard
)
10453 current_kboard
= dpyinfo
->kboard
;
10455 dpyinfo
->kboard
->reference_count
++;
10459 /* Put this display on the chain. */
10460 dpyinfo
->next
= x_display_list
;
10461 x_display_list
= dpyinfo
;
10463 /* Put it on x_display_name_list as well, to keep them parallel. */
10464 x_display_name_list
= Fcons (Fcons (display_name
, Qnil
),
10465 x_display_name_list
);
10466 dpyinfo
->name_list_element
= XCAR (x_display_name_list
);
10468 dpyinfo
->display
= dpy
;
10471 XSetAfterFunction (x_current_display
, x_trace_wire
);
10475 = (char *) xmalloc (SBYTES (Vinvocation_name
)
10476 + SBYTES (Vsystem_name
)
10478 sprintf (dpyinfo
->x_id_name
, "%s@%s",
10479 SDATA (Vinvocation_name
), SDATA (Vsystem_name
));
10481 /* Figure out which modifier bits mean what. */
10482 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
);
10484 /* Get the scroll bar cursor. */
10486 /* We must create a GTK cursor, it is required for GTK widgets. */
10487 dpyinfo
->xg_cursor
= xg_create_default_cursor (dpyinfo
->display
);
10488 #endif /* USE_GTK */
10490 dpyinfo
->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor
10491 = XCreateFontCursor (dpyinfo
->display
, XC_sb_v_double_arrow
);
10493 xrdb
= x_load_resources (dpyinfo
->display
, xrm_option
,
10494 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
);
10495 #ifdef HAVE_XRMSETDATABASE
10496 XrmSetDatabase (dpyinfo
->display
, xrdb
);
10498 dpyinfo
->display
->db
= xrdb
;
10500 /* Put the rdb where we can find it in a way that works on
10502 dpyinfo
->xrdb
= xrdb
;
10504 dpyinfo
->screen
= ScreenOfDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
,
10505 DefaultScreen (dpyinfo
->display
));
10506 select_visual (dpyinfo
);
10507 dpyinfo
->cmap
= DefaultColormapOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10508 dpyinfo
->height
= HeightOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10509 dpyinfo
->width
= WidthOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10510 dpyinfo
->root_window
= RootWindowOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10511 dpyinfo
->client_leader_window
= 0;
10512 dpyinfo
->grabbed
= 0;
10513 dpyinfo
->reference_count
= 0;
10514 dpyinfo
->icon_bitmap_id
= -1;
10515 dpyinfo
->font_table
= NULL
;
10516 dpyinfo
->n_fonts
= 0;
10517 dpyinfo
->font_table_size
= 0;
10518 dpyinfo
->bitmaps
= 0;
10519 dpyinfo
->bitmaps_size
= 0;
10520 dpyinfo
->bitmaps_last
= 0;
10521 dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
= 0;
10522 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
10523 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
10524 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
10525 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
10526 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_face_id
= DEFAULT_FACE_ID
;
10527 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
10528 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_overlay
= Qnil
;
10529 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_x
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_y
= 0;
10530 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_defer
= 0;
10531 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 0;
10532 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= 0;
10533 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
10534 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
10535 dpyinfo
->image_cache
= make_image_cache ();
10536 dpyinfo
->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
;
10538 /* See if we can construct pixel values from RGB values. */
10539 dpyinfo
->red_bits
= dpyinfo
->blue_bits
= dpyinfo
->green_bits
= 0;
10540 dpyinfo
->red_offset
= dpyinfo
->blue_offset
= dpyinfo
->green_offset
= 0;
10542 if (dpyinfo
->visual
->class == TrueColor
)
10544 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->red_mask
,
10545 &dpyinfo
->red_bits
, &dpyinfo
->red_offset
);
10546 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->blue_mask
,
10547 &dpyinfo
->blue_bits
, &dpyinfo
->blue_offset
);
10548 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->green_mask
,
10549 &dpyinfo
->green_bits
, &dpyinfo
->green_offset
);
10552 /* See if a private colormap is requested. */
10553 if (dpyinfo
->visual
== DefaultVisualOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
))
10555 if (dpyinfo
->visual
->class == PseudoColor
)
10558 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10559 build_string ("privateColormap"),
10560 build_string ("PrivateColormap"),
10562 if (STRINGP (value
)
10563 && (!strcmp (SDATA (value
), "true")
10564 || !strcmp (SDATA (value
), "on")))
10565 dpyinfo
->cmap
= XCopyColormapAndFree (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->cmap
);
10569 dpyinfo
->cmap
= XCreateColormap (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
10570 dpyinfo
->visual
, AllocNone
);
10573 int screen_number
= XScreenNumberOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10574 double pixels
= DisplayHeight (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10575 double mm
= DisplayHeightMM (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10576 /* Mac OS X 10.3's Xserver sometimes reports 0.0mm. */
10577 dpyinfo
->resy
= (mm
< 1) ? 100 : pixels
* 25.4 / mm
;
10578 pixels
= DisplayWidth (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10579 /* Mac OS X 10.3's Xserver sometimes reports 0.0mm. */
10580 mm
= DisplayWidthMM (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10581 dpyinfo
->resx
= (mm
< 1) ? 100 : pixels
* 25.4 / mm
;
10584 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_protocols
10585 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_PROTOCOLS", False
);
10586 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_take_focus
10587 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_TAKE_FOCUS", False
);
10588 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_save_yourself
10589 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_SAVE_YOURSELF", False
);
10590 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_delete_window
10591 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_DELETE_WINDOW", False
);
10592 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_change_state
10593 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_CHANGE_STATE", False
);
10594 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_configure_denied
10595 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_CONFIGURE_DENIED", False
);
10596 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_window_moved
10597 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_MOVED", False
);
10598 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_client_leader
10599 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_CLIENT_LEADER", False
);
10600 dpyinfo
->Xatom_editres
10601 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "Editres", False
);
10602 dpyinfo
->Xatom_CLIPBOARD
10603 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "CLIPBOARD", False
);
10604 dpyinfo
->Xatom_TIMESTAMP
10605 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "TIMESTAMP", False
);
10606 dpyinfo
->Xatom_TEXT
10607 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "TEXT", False
);
10608 dpyinfo
->Xatom_COMPOUND_TEXT
10609 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "COMPOUND_TEXT", False
);
10610 dpyinfo
->Xatom_UTF8_STRING
10611 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "UTF8_STRING", False
);
10612 dpyinfo
->Xatom_DELETE
10613 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "DELETE", False
);
10614 dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULTIPLE
10615 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "MULTIPLE", False
);
10616 dpyinfo
->Xatom_INCR
10617 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "INCR", False
);
10618 dpyinfo
->Xatom_EMACS_TMP
10619 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_EMACS_TMP_", False
);
10620 dpyinfo
->Xatom_TARGETS
10621 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "TARGETS", False
);
10622 dpyinfo
->Xatom_NULL
10623 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "NULL", False
);
10624 dpyinfo
->Xatom_ATOM_PAIR
10625 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "ATOM_PAIR", False
);
10626 /* For properties of font. */
10627 dpyinfo
->Xatom_PIXEL_SIZE
10628 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "PIXEL_SIZE", False
);
10629 dpyinfo
->Xatom_AVERAGE_WIDTH
10630 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "AVERAGE_WIDTH", False
);
10631 dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET
10632 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET", False
);
10633 dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE
10634 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE", False
);
10635 dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT
10636 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT", False
);
10638 /* Ghostscript support. */
10639 dpyinfo
->Xatom_PAGE
= XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "PAGE", False
);
10640 dpyinfo
->Xatom_DONE
= XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "DONE", False
);
10642 dpyinfo
->Xatom_Scrollbar
= XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "SCROLLBAR",
10645 dpyinfo
->cut_buffers_initialized
= 0;
10647 connection
= ConnectionNumber (dpyinfo
->display
);
10648 dpyinfo
->connection
= connection
;
10653 null_bits
[0] = 0x00;
10655 dpyinfo
->null_pixel
10656 = XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
10657 null_bits
, 1, 1, (long) 0, (long) 0,
10662 extern int gray_bitmap_width
, gray_bitmap_height
;
10663 extern char *gray_bitmap_bits
;
10665 = XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
10667 gray_bitmap_width
, gray_bitmap_height
,
10668 (unsigned long) 1, (unsigned long) 0, 1);
10672 xim_initialize (dpyinfo
, resource_name
);
10675 #ifdef subprocesses
10676 /* This is only needed for distinguishing keyboard and process input. */
10677 if (connection
!= 0)
10678 add_keyboard_wait_descriptor (connection
);
10681 #ifndef F_SETOWN_BUG
10683 #ifdef F_SETOWN_SOCK_NEG
10684 /* stdin is a socket here */
10685 fcntl (connection
, F_SETOWN
, -getpid ());
10686 #else /* ! defined (F_SETOWN_SOCK_NEG) */
10687 fcntl (connection
, F_SETOWN
, getpid ());
10688 #endif /* ! defined (F_SETOWN_SOCK_NEG) */
10689 #endif /* ! defined (F_SETOWN) */
10690 #endif /* F_SETOWN_BUG */
10693 if (interrupt_input
)
10694 init_sigio (connection
);
10695 #endif /* ! defined (SIGIO) */
10698 #ifdef HAVE_X11R5 /* It seems X11R4 lacks XtCvtStringToFont, and XPointer. */
10699 /* Make sure that we have a valid font for dialog boxes
10700 so that Xt does not crash. */
10702 Display
*dpy
= dpyinfo
->display
;
10703 XrmValue d
, fr
, to
;
10707 d
.addr
= (XPointer
)&dpy
;
10708 d
.size
= sizeof (Display
*);
10709 fr
.addr
= XtDefaultFont
;
10710 fr
.size
= sizeof (XtDefaultFont
);
10711 to
.size
= sizeof (Font
*);
10712 to
.addr
= (XPointer
)&font
;
10713 count
= x_catch_errors (dpy
);
10714 if (!XtCallConverter (dpy
, XtCvtStringToFont
, &d
, 1, &fr
, &to
, NULL
))
10716 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
) || !XQueryFont (dpy
, font
))
10717 XrmPutLineResource (&xrdb
, "Emacs.dialog.*.font: 9x15");
10718 x_uncatch_errors (dpy
, count
);
10723 /* See if we should run in synchronous mode. This is useful
10724 for debugging X code. */
10727 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10728 build_string ("synchronous"),
10729 build_string ("Synchronous"),
10731 if (STRINGP (value
)
10732 && (!strcmp (SDATA (value
), "true")
10733 || !strcmp (SDATA (value
), "on")))
10734 XSynchronize (dpyinfo
->display
, True
);
10739 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10740 build_string ("useXIM"),
10741 build_string ("UseXIM"),
10744 if (STRINGP (value
)
10745 && (!strcmp (XSTRING (value
)->data
, "false")
10746 || !strcmp (XSTRING (value
)->data
, "off")))
10749 if (STRINGP (value
)
10750 && (!strcmp (XSTRING (value
)->data
, "true")
10751 || !strcmp (XSTRING (value
)->data
, "on")))
10757 /* Only do this for the first display. */
10758 if (x_initialized
== 1)
10759 x_session_initialize (dpyinfo
);
10767 /* Get rid of display DPYINFO, assuming all frames are already gone,
10768 and without sending any more commands to the X server. */
10771 x_delete_display (dpyinfo
)
10772 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
10776 delete_keyboard_wait_descriptor (dpyinfo
->connection
);
10778 /* Discard this display from x_display_name_list and x_display_list.
10779 We can't use Fdelq because that can quit. */
10780 if (! NILP (x_display_name_list
)
10781 && EQ (XCAR (x_display_name_list
), dpyinfo
->name_list_element
))
10782 x_display_name_list
= XCDR (x_display_name_list
);
10787 tail
= x_display_name_list
;
10788 while (CONSP (tail
) && CONSP (XCDR (tail
)))
10790 if (EQ (XCAR (XCDR (tail
)), dpyinfo
->name_list_element
))
10792 XSETCDR (tail
, XCDR (XCDR (tail
)));
10795 tail
= XCDR (tail
);
10799 if (next_noop_dpyinfo
== dpyinfo
)
10800 next_noop_dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
;
10802 if (x_display_list
== dpyinfo
)
10803 x_display_list
= dpyinfo
->next
;
10806 struct x_display_info
*tail
;
10808 for (tail
= x_display_list
; tail
; tail
= tail
->next
)
10809 if (tail
->next
== dpyinfo
)
10810 tail
->next
= tail
->next
->next
;
10813 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT /* I'm told Xt does this itself. */
10814 #ifndef AIX /* On AIX, XCloseDisplay calls this. */
10815 XrmDestroyDatabase (dpyinfo
->xrdb
);
10818 #ifdef MULTI_KBOARD
10819 if (--dpyinfo
->kboard
->reference_count
== 0)
10820 delete_kboard (dpyinfo
->kboard
);
10824 xim_close_dpy (dpyinfo
);
10827 /* Free the font names in the font table. */
10828 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; i
++)
10829 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
)
10831 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
!= dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].full_name
)
10832 xfree (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].full_name
);
10833 xfree (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
);
10836 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
->font_encoder
)
10837 xfree (dpyinfo
->font_table
->font_encoder
);
10839 xfree (dpyinfo
->font_table
);
10840 xfree (dpyinfo
->x_id_name
);
10841 xfree (dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
10845 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10847 /* Atimer callback function for TIMER. Called every 0.1s to process
10848 Xt timeouts, if needed. We must avoid calling XtAppPending as
10849 much as possible because that function does an implicit XFlush
10850 that slows us down. */
10853 x_process_timeouts (timer
)
10854 struct atimer
*timer
;
10856 if (toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
|| popup_activated ())
10859 while (XtAppPending (Xt_app_con
) & XtIMTimer
)
10860 XtAppProcessEvent (Xt_app_con
, XtIMTimer
);
10865 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10868 /* Set up use of X before we make the first connection. */
10870 extern frame_parm_handler x_frame_parm_handlers
[];
10872 static struct redisplay_interface x_redisplay_interface
=
10874 x_frame_parm_handlers
,
10878 x_clear_end_of_line
,
10880 x_after_update_window_line
,
10881 x_update_window_begin
,
10882 x_update_window_end
,
10888 0, /* flush_display_optional */
10890 x_clear_window_mouse_face
,
10891 x_get_glyph_overhangs
,
10892 x_fix_overlapping_area
,
10893 x_draw_fringe_bitmap
,
10894 0, /* define_fringe_bitmap */
10895 0, /* destroy_fringe_bitmap */
10898 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs
,
10899 x_draw_glyph_string
,
10900 x_define_frame_cursor
,
10901 x_clear_frame_area
,
10902 x_draw_window_cursor
,
10903 x_draw_vertical_window_border
,
10904 x_shift_glyphs_for_insert
10910 rif
= &x_redisplay_interface
;
10912 clear_frame_hook
= x_clear_frame
;
10913 ins_del_lines_hook
= x_ins_del_lines
;
10914 delete_glyphs_hook
= x_delete_glyphs
;
10915 ring_bell_hook
= XTring_bell
;
10916 reset_terminal_modes_hook
= XTreset_terminal_modes
;
10917 set_terminal_modes_hook
= XTset_terminal_modes
;
10918 update_begin_hook
= x_update_begin
;
10919 update_end_hook
= x_update_end
;
10920 set_terminal_window_hook
= XTset_terminal_window
;
10921 read_socket_hook
= XTread_socket
;
10922 frame_up_to_date_hook
= XTframe_up_to_date
;
10923 mouse_position_hook
= XTmouse_position
;
10924 frame_rehighlight_hook
= XTframe_rehighlight
;
10925 frame_raise_lower_hook
= XTframe_raise_lower
;
10926 set_vertical_scroll_bar_hook
= XTset_vertical_scroll_bar
;
10927 condemn_scroll_bars_hook
= XTcondemn_scroll_bars
;
10928 redeem_scroll_bar_hook
= XTredeem_scroll_bar
;
10929 judge_scroll_bars_hook
= XTjudge_scroll_bars
;
10931 scroll_region_ok
= 1; /* we'll scroll partial frames */
10932 char_ins_del_ok
= 1;
10933 line_ins_del_ok
= 1; /* we'll just blt 'em */
10934 fast_clear_end_of_line
= 1; /* X does this well */
10935 memory_below_frame
= 0; /* we don't remember what scrolls
10940 last_tool_bar_item
= -1;
10941 any_help_event_p
= 0;
10942 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
10945 current_count
= -1;
10948 /* Try to use interrupt input; if we can't, then start polling. */
10949 Fset_input_mode (Qt
, Qnil
, Qt
, Qnil
);
10951 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10952 XtToolkitInitialize ();
10954 Xt_app_con
= XtCreateApplicationContext ();
10956 /* Register a converter from strings to pixels, which uses
10957 Emacs' color allocation infrastructure. */
10958 XtAppSetTypeConverter (Xt_app_con
,
10959 XtRString
, XtRPixel
, cvt_string_to_pixel
,
10960 cvt_string_to_pixel_args
,
10961 XtNumber (cvt_string_to_pixel_args
),
10962 XtCacheByDisplay
, cvt_pixel_dtor
);
10964 XtAppSetFallbackResources (Xt_app_con
, Xt_default_resources
);
10966 /* Install an asynchronous timer that processes Xt timeout events
10967 every 0.1s. This is necessary because some widget sets use
10968 timeouts internally, for example the LessTif menu bar, or the
10969 Xaw3d scroll bar. When Xt timouts aren't processed, these
10970 widgets don't behave normally. */
10972 EMACS_TIME interval
;
10973 EMACS_SET_SECS_USECS (interval
, 0, 100000);
10974 start_atimer (ATIMER_CONTINUOUS
, interval
, x_process_timeouts
, 0);
10978 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
10980 xaw3d_arrow_scroll
= False
;
10981 xaw3d_pick_top
= True
;
10985 /* Note that there is no real way portable across R3/R4 to get the
10986 original error handler. */
10987 XSetErrorHandler (x_error_handler
);
10988 XSetIOErrorHandler (x_io_error_quitter
);
10990 /* Disable Window Change signals; they are handled by X events. */
10992 signal (SIGWINCH
, SIG_DFL
);
10993 #endif /* SIGWINCH */
10995 signal (SIGPIPE
, x_connection_signal
);
11002 staticpro (&x_error_message_string
);
11003 x_error_message_string
= Qnil
;
11005 staticpro (&x_display_name_list
);
11006 x_display_name_list
= Qnil
;
11008 staticpro (&last_mouse_scroll_bar
);
11009 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
11011 staticpro (&Qvendor_specific_keysyms
);
11012 Qvendor_specific_keysyms
= intern ("vendor-specific-keysyms");
11014 staticpro (&Qlatin_1
);
11015 Qlatin_1
= intern ("latin-1");
11017 staticpro (&last_mouse_press_frame
);
11018 last_mouse_press_frame
= Qnil
;
11020 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-use-underline-position-properties",
11021 &x_use_underline_position_properties
,
11022 doc
: /* *Non-nil means make use of UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties.
11023 nil means ignore them. If you encounter fonts with bogus
11024 UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties, for example 7x13 on XFree prior
11025 to 4.1, set this to nil. */);
11026 x_use_underline_position_properties
= 1;
11028 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-mouse-click-focus-ignore-position",
11029 &x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
,
11030 doc
: /* Non-nil means that a mouse click to focus a frame does not move point.
11031 This variable is only used when the window manager requires that you
11032 click on a frame to select it (give it focus). In that case, a value
11033 of nil, means that the selected window and cursor position changes to
11034 reflect the mouse click position, while a non-nil value means that the
11035 selected window or cursor position is preserved. */);
11036 x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
= 0;
11038 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-toolkit-scroll-bars", &Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
,
11039 doc
: /* What X toolkit scroll bars Emacs uses.
11040 A value of nil means Emacs doesn't use X toolkit scroll bars.
11041 Otherwise, value is a symbol describing the X toolkit. */);
11042 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
11044 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern ("motif");
11045 #elif defined HAVE_XAW3D
11046 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern ("xaw3d");
11048 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern ("gtk");
11050 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern ("xaw");
11053 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= Qnil
;
11056 staticpro (&last_mouse_motion_frame
);
11057 last_mouse_motion_frame
= Qnil
;
11059 Qmodifier_value
= intern ("modifier-value");
11060 Qalt
= intern ("alt");
11061 Fput (Qalt
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (alt_modifier
));
11062 Qhyper
= intern ("hyper");
11063 Fput (Qhyper
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (hyper_modifier
));
11064 Qmeta
= intern ("meta");
11065 Fput (Qmeta
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (meta_modifier
));
11066 Qsuper
= intern ("super");
11067 Fput (Qsuper
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (super_modifier
));
11069 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-alt-keysym", &Vx_alt_keysym
,
11070 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the alt modifier.
11071 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
11072 For example, `alt' means use the Alt_L and Alt_R keysyms. The default
11073 is nil, which is the same as `alt'. */);
11074 Vx_alt_keysym
= Qnil
;
11076 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-hyper-keysym", &Vx_hyper_keysym
,
11077 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the hyper modifier.
11078 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
11079 For example, `hyper' means use the Hyper_L and Hyper_R keysyms. The
11080 default is nil, which is the same as `hyper'. */);
11081 Vx_hyper_keysym
= Qnil
;
11083 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-meta-keysym", &Vx_meta_keysym
,
11084 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the meta modifier.
11085 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
11086 For example, `meta' means use the Meta_L and Meta_R keysyms. The
11087 default is nil, which is the same as `meta'. */);
11088 Vx_meta_keysym
= Qnil
;
11090 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-super-keysym", &Vx_super_keysym
,
11091 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the super modifier.
11092 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
11093 For example, `super' means use the Super_L and Super_R keysyms. The
11094 default is nil, which is the same as `super'. */);
11095 Vx_super_keysym
= Qnil
;
11097 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-keysym-table", &Vx_keysym_table
,
11098 doc
: /* Hash table of character codes indexed by X keysym codes. */);
11099 Vx_keysym_table
= make_hash_table (Qeql
, make_number (900),
11100 make_float (DEFAULT_REHASH_SIZE
),
11101 make_float (DEFAULT_REHASH_THRESHOLD
),
11105 #endif /* HAVE_X_WINDOWS */
11107 /* arch-tag: 6d4e4cb7-abc1-4302-9585-d84dcfb09d0f
11108 (do not change this comment) */